References 

Anonymous (1999). The South Australian lobster fishery management model. Environment International 25: 913-925.

ABARE (1998). Australian fisheries statistics 1998. Canberra, Australian Bureau of Agricultural and Resource Economics.

ABARE (1999). Australian fisheries statistics 1999. Canberra, Australian Bureau of Agricultural and Resource Economics.

Abbott, S. B. and Benninghoff, W. S. (1990). Orientation of Environmental Change Studies to the Conservation of Antarctic Ecosystems. In Antarctic Ecosystems. Ecological Change and Conservation. K. R. Kerry and Hempel, G. Berlin, Springer-Verlag: 394-403.

ABRS (1998). The Global Taxonomy Initiative: shortening the distance between discovery and delivery. Canberra, Australian Biological Resources Study, Environment Australia.

ABS (1992). Australia's environment - issues and facts. Canberra, Australian Bureau of Statistics. ABS Catalogue, 4140.0. 354 pp.

ACIUCN (1986). Australia's marine and estuarine areas - a policy for protection, ACIUCN (Australian Committee for the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources). Occasional Paper, 1.

Ackerman, J. D., Loewen, M. R. and Hamblin, P. F. (2001). Benthic-Pelagic coupling over a zebra mussel reef in western Lake Erie. Limnology and Oceanography 46: 892-904.

Acosta, C. A. (1999). Benthic dispersal of Caribbean spiny lobsters among insular habitats: implications for the conservation of exploited marine species. Conservation Biology 13: 603-612.

Adam, P. (1990). Saltmarsh Ecology. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

Adam, P. (1995). Saltmarsh. In State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia. Technical Annex 1: The Marine Environment. L. P. Zann and Kailola, P. Canberra, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of Environment, Sport and Territories: 97–105.

Addessi, L. (1994). Human disturbance and long-term changes on a rocky intertidal community. Ecological Applications 4: 786-797.

Addessi, L. (2001). Giant clam bleaching in the lagoon of Takapoto atoll (French Polynesia). Coral Reefs 19: 220.

Agardy, T. (1997). Marine protected areas and ocean conservation. San Diego, California, Academic Press.

Aguado, N. and Bashirullah, A. K. M. (1996). Shell diseases in wild penaeid shrimps in eastern region of Venezuela. Journal of Aquariculture and Aquatic Sciences 8: 2-6.

Ahyong, S. T. (2001). Revision of the Australian Stomatopod Crustacea. Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 26: 1-326.

Ahyong, S. T., and Harling, c (2000). The phylogeny of the stomatopod Crustacea. Australian Journal of Zoology 48: 607-642.

Alderslade, P. (1998). Revisionary systematics in the gorgonian family Isididae, with descriptions of numerous new taxa (Coelenterata: Octocorallia). Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 55.

Allan, G. L. and Maguire, G. B. (1992). Effects of pH and salinity on survival, growth and osmoregulation in Penaeus monodon. Aquaculture 107: 33-47.

Allan, J. (1962). Australian shells. With related animals living in the sea, in freshwater and on the land. (Revised edition; 1st edition 1950). Melbourne, Georgian House.

Allan, J. and Iredale, T. (1939). A review of the relationships of the Mollusca of Lord Howe Island. Report of the Australian and New Zealand Association for the Advancement of Science. 113. Canberra.

Allee, W. C., Emerson, A. E., Park, O., Park, T. and Schmidt, K. P. (1949). Principles of animal ecology. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders and Co.

Allen, T. F. H. and Starr, T. B. (1982). Hierarchy Perspective for Ecological Complexity. Chicago, University of Chicago Press.

Allen, T. J. (1999). Building pathways for marine invertebrate conservation. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 407-412.

Allison, G. W., Lubchenco, J. and Carr, M. H. (1998). Marine reserves are necessary but not sufficient for marine conservation. Ecological Applications 8: S79-S92.

Alongi, D. M. (1987). The influence of mangrove derived tannins on intertidal meiobenthos in tropical estuaries. Oecologia 71: 537-40.

Alongi, D. M. (1992). Bathymetric patterns of deep-sea benthic communities from bathyal to abyssal depths in the western South Pacific (Solomon and Coral Seas). Deep-Sea Research 39: 549-565.

Ameziane-Cominardi, N., Bourseau, J.-P. and Roux, M. (1987). Les crinoides pedonucules de Nouvelle Caledonie (S. W. Pacifique): une faune bathyale ancestrale issue de la Mesogee mesozoique. Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences, Paris 304: 15-18.

Amit, D. J. (1990). Modelling brain function. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

Amos, N., Kirkpatrick, J. B. and Giese, M. (1993). Conservation of biodiversity, ecological integrity and ecologically sustainable development. Victoria, Australian Conservation Foundation and World Wide Fund for Nature.

AMSA (1997). National plan to combat pollution of the sea by oil and other noxious and hazardous substances: Guidelines for acceptance of oil spill dispersants, Australian Maritime Safety Authority.

Andersen, A. N. (1990). The use of ant communities to evaluate change in Australian terrestrial ecosystems: a review and a recipe. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia 16: 347-357.

Andersen, A. N. (1995). Measuring more of biodiversity: genus richness as a surrogate for species richness in Australian ant faunas. Biological Conservation 73: 39-43.

Andersen, V. (1998). Salp and pyrosomid blooms and their importance in biogeochemical cycles. In The biology of pelagic tunicates. Q. Bone. Oxford, Oxford University Press: 125-137.

Anderson, M. J. and Underwood, A. J. (1994). Effects of substratum on the recruitment and development of an intertidal estuarine fouling assemblage. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 184: 217-236.

Anderson, N. M. and Weir, T. A. (2000). The coral treaders, Hermatobates Carpenter (Hemiptera: Hermatobatidae), of Australia and New Caledonia with notes on biology and ecology. Invertebrate Taxonomy 14: 327-345.

Andrew, N., Ed. (1999). Under southern seas. The ecology of Australia's rocky reefs. Sydney, UNSW Press.

Andrew, N. L. (1991). Changes in the subtidal habitat following the mass mortality of sea urchins in Botany Bay, New South Wales. Australian Journal of Ecology 16: 353–362.

Andrew, N. L. (1993). Spatial heterogeneity, sea urchin grazing, and habitat structure on reefs in temperate Australia. Ecology 74: 292–302.

Andrew, N. L. and Pepperell, J. G. (1992). The by-catch of shrimp trawl fisheries. Oceanography and Marine Biology: an Annual Review 30: 527-565.

Andrew, N. L., Worthington, D. G. and Brett, P. A. (1997). Size-structure and growth of individuals suggest high exploitation rates in the fishery for blacklip abalone, Haliotis rubra, in New South Wales, Australia. Molluscan Research 18: 275-287.

Angel, M. V. (1993). Biodiversity of the pelagic ocean. Conservation Biology 7: 760-772.

Angel, M. V. (1997). Pelagic biodiversity. In Marine biodiversity: patterns and processes. R. F. G. Ormond, Gage, J. D. and Angel, M. V. Cambridge, U.K., Cambridge University Press: 35-68.

Anonymous (1989). The history of dredging in Cleveland Bay, Queensland and its effects on sediment movement and on the growth of mangroves, corals and seagrass. Townsville, Townsville Port Authority.

Anonymous (1995a). Nelly Bay Harbour Environmental Impact Statement (draft), Prepared by Sinclair Knight Mertz for the Department of the Premier, Economic and Trade Development, QLD.

Anonymous (1995b). Environmental impacts and toxicity of drilling fluids. Latest citations from the Energy Science and Technology Database. Government Reports Announcements and Index (GRAandI) 18.

Antonius, A. (1999a). Halofolliculina corallasia, a new coral-killing ciliate on Indo-Pacific reefs. Coral Reefs 18: 300.

Antonius, A. (1999b). Metapeyssonnelia corallepida,a new coral-killing red alga on Caribbean reefs. Coral Reefs 18: 301.

Antonius, A. and Ballesteros, E. (1998). Epizoism: A new threat to coral health in Caribbean reefs. Revista de Biología Tropical 46, Supplement 5: 145-156.

ANZECC (1991). Persistent chlorinated organic compounds in the marine environment. Canberra, Australian and New Zealand Environment and Conservation Council.

AQIS (1999). Why does Australia have ballast water management requirements? http://www.aqis.gov.au/docs/ballast/whyball.htm, Prepared by Ballast Water Program, Australian Quarantine and Inspection Service.

Aragones, L. and Marsh, H. (2000). Impact of dugong grazing and turtle cropping on tropical seagrass communities. Pacific Conservation Biology 5: 277-288.

Arai, M. N. (1997). A functional biology of Scyphozoa. London, Chapman and Hall.

Arakel, A. V., Hill, C. M., Piorewicz, J. and Connor, T. B. (1989). Hydro-sedimentology of the Johnstone River estuary. Hydrobiologia 176/177: 51–60.

Archambault, P., Banwell, K. and Underwood, A. J. (2001). Temporal variation in the structure of intertidal assemblages following the removal of sewage. Marine Ecology Progress Series 222: 51-62.

Arntz, W. E., Brey, T. and Gallardo, V. A. (1994). Antarctic zoobenthos. Oceanography and Marine Biology Annual Review 32: 241-304.

Arntz, W. E., Gutt, J. and Klages, M. (1997). Antarctic marine biodiversity: an overview. In Antarctic communities - species, structure and survival. B. Battaglia, Valencia, J. and Walton, D. W. H. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press: 3-14.

Aronson, R. B. (1998). Decadal-scale persistance of predation potential in coral reef communities. Marine Ecology Progress Series 172: 53-60.

Arrivillaga, A. and Baltz, D. M. (1999). Comparison of fishes and macroinvertebrates on seagrass and bare-sand sites on Guatemala's Atlantic coast. Bulletin of Marine Science 65: 301-319.

Aslin, H. J. and Norton, T. W. (1995). No one answer - sustainable use of wildlife in a multicultural society. In Conservation through sustainable use of wildlife. G. C. Grigg, Hale, P. T. and Lunney, D. Brisbane, Centre for Conservation Biology, University of Queensland.

Attayde, J. L. and Bozelli, R. L. (1998). Assessing the indicator properties of zooplankton assemblages to disturbance gradients by canonical correspondence analysis. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 55: 1789-1797.

Attrill, M. J. and Power, M. (2000). Effects on invertebrate populations of drought-induced changes in estuarine water quality. Marine Ecology Progress Series 203: 133-143.

Augustin, D., Richard, G. and Salvat, B. (1999). Long-term variation in mollusc assemblages on a coral reef, Moorea, French Polynesia. Coral Reefs 18: 293-296.

Austen, M. C., Lambshead, P. J. D., Hutchings, P. A. A., Boucher, G., Snelgrove, P., Heip, C., King, G., Koike, I. and Smith, C. (2002). Biodiversity links above and below the marine sediment-water interface that may influence community stability. Biodiversity and Conservation 11: 113-136.

Australian Museum (1997). Ability of target organisms to survive in ballast water, Report by AMBS to Australian Quarantine Inspection Services. 163 pp.

Australian Museum Business Services (2002). Port Survey for Introduced marine species, Sydney Harbour for Sydney Ports Corporation. Sydney, The Australian Museum.

Australian State of the Environment Committee (2001). Australian State of the Environment - 2001- Independent report to the Commonwealth Minister for the Environment and Heritage. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing.

Australian Water Resources Council (1992). Draft guidelines for sewerage systems - acceptance of trade wastes (industrial wastes). Canberra.

Avise, J. C. (1992). Molecular population structure and the biogeographic history of a regional fauna: a case history with lessons for conservation biology. OIKOS 63: 62-76.

Ayensu, E., Claasan, D. v. R., Collins, M., Dearing, A., Fresco, L., Gadgil, M., Gitay, H., Glaser, G., Juma, C., Krebs, J., Lenton, R., Lubchenco, J., McNeely, J. A., Mooney, H. A., Pinstrup-Andersen, P., Ramos, M., Raven, P., Reid, W. V., Samper, C., Sarukhán, J., Schei, P., Tundisi, J. G., Watson, R. T., Xu, G. and Zakri, A. H. (1999). International ecosystem assessment. Science 286: 685-686.

Ayling, A. M. and Ayling, A. L. (2000). Final report. The dynamics of Cairns Section fringing reefs: Part II, Prepared by Sea Research for the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. 34 pp.

Ayling, A. M. and Ayling, A. T. (1998). Magnetic Quays monitoring program benthic transects: a resurvey and methods comparison, Final Report to the GBRMPA. 18pp.

Ayre, D. (1995). Genetics of marine populations. In Coastal marine ecology of temperate Australia. A. J. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 42-54.

Ayre, D. J. (1990). Population subdivision in Australian temperate marine invertebrates: Larval connections versus historical factors. Australian Journal of Ecology 15: 403-411.

Ayre, D. J., Davis, A. R., Billingham, M., Llorens, T. and Styan, C. (1997b). Genetic evidence for contrasting patterns of dispersal in solitary and colonial ascidians. Marine Biology 130: 51-61.

Ayre, D. J., Hughes, T. P. and Standish, R. J. (1997a). Genetic differentation, reproductive mode and gene flow in the brooding coral Pocillopora damicornis along the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series 159: 175-187.

Ayukai, T., Okaji, K. and Lucas, J. S. (1997). Food limitation in the growth and development of crown-of-thorns starfish larvae in the Great Barrier Reef. H. A. Lessios and MacIntyre, I. G., Eds. Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium (Vol. 1). 621-626, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute.

Babcock, R. C., Kelly, S., Shears, N. T., Walker, J. W. and Willis, T. J. (1999). Changes in community structure in temperature marine reserves. Marine Ecology Progress Series 189: 125-134.

Baird, A. H. (2000). Microbial menace: Coral disease on the GBR. Exploring Reef Science, CRC Reef Research April 2000.

Baird, A. H. and Marshall, P. A. (1998). Mass bleaching of corals on the Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 17: 376.

Bak, R. P. M. (1987). Effects of chronic oil pollution on a Caribbean coral reef. Marine Pollution Bulletin 18: 534-539.

Baker, A. C., Boden, B. P. and Brinton, E. (1990). A practical guide to the Euphausids of the world. London, Natural History Museum Publications.

Baker, A. N. (1982a). Brittle-stars (Class Ophiuroidea). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part I. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M., Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 418-437.

Baker, A. N. (1982b). Sea-urchins (Class Echinoidea). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part I. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M., Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 437-454.

Baker, J. L., Shepherd, S. A. and Edyvane, K. S. (1996). The use of marine reserves to manage benthic fisheries, with emphasis on the South Australian abalone fishery. R. Thackway, Ed. Developing Australia’s Representative System of Marine Protected Areas. Criteria and guidelines for identification and selection. Workshop at South Australian Aquatic Sciences Centre. 103-113. Adelaide, 22-23 April 1996, Commonwealth of Australia.

Baker, J. M., Hartley, J. P. and Dicks, B. (1987). Planning biological surveys. In Biological Surveys of Estuaries and Coasts. J. M. Baker and Wolff, W. J. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press: 1-26.

Baldwin, C. (1990). Impact of elevated nutrients in the Great Barrier Reef. GBRMPA Research Publication No. 20. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.

Ballou, T. G., Hess, S. C., Dodge, R. E., Knap, A. H. and Sleeter, T. D. (1989). Effects of untreated and chemically dispersed oil on tropical marine communities: a long-term field experiment. 1989 Oil Spill Conference. Publ. 4479. 447-454. Washington, DC, American Petroleum Institute.

Bamber, R. N. (1987). The effects of acidic sea water on young carpet-shell clams Venerupis decussata (L.) (Mollusca: Veneracea). Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 108: 241-260.

Bamber, R. N. (1990). The effects of acidic seawater on three species of lamellibranch mollusc. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 143: 181-191.

Banner, D. M. and Banner, A., H. (1975). The alpheid shrimp of Australia. Part II. The genus Synalpheus. Records of the Australian Museum 29: 267-389.

Banner, D. M. and Banner, A. H. (1972). The alpheid shrimp of Australia. Part I. The lower genera. Records of the Australian Museum 28: 291-382.

Banner, D. M. and Banner, A. H. (1982). The alpheid shrimp of Australia. Part III: the remaining alpheids, principally in the genus Alpheus, and the family Ogyrididae. Records of the Australian Museum 34: 1-357.

Baran, E. (1999). A review of quantified relationships between mangroves and coastal resources. Phuket Marine Biology Centre Research Bulletin 62: 57-64.

Barber, B. J. (1997). Impacts of bivalve introductions on marine ecosystems: A review. Bulletin of National Research Institute of Aquaculture SUPPL. 3: 141-153.

Barber, C. V. and Pratt, V. R. (1998). Poison and profits: cyanide fishing in the Indo-Pacific. Environment 40: 4-9, 28-34.

Barnard, J. L. (1972). Gammaridean Amphipoda of Australia, Part 1. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 103: 1-333.

Barnard, J. L. (1974). Gammaridean Amphipoda of Australia, Part V: Superfamily Haustoriodea. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 139: 1-148.

Barnard, J. L. and Drummond, M. M. (1978). Gammaridean Amphipoda of Australia, Part III: The Phoxocephalidae. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 245: 1-551.

Barnard, J. L. and Drummond, M. M. (1979). Gammaridean Amphipoda of Australia, Part IV. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 269: 1-69.

Barnard, J. L. and Drummond, M. M. (1982). Gammaridean Amphipoda of Australia, Part V: Superfamily Haustoriodea. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 360: 1-148.

Barnard, J. L. and Karaman, G. S. (1991). The families and genera of marine Gammaridean Amphipoda. Records of the Australian Museum Supplement 13: 1-866.

Barnes, D. K. A. and Arnold, R. (2001). A growth cline in encrusting benthos along a latitudinal gradient within Antarctic waters. Marine Ecology Progress Series 210: 85-91.

Barnes, R. S. K., Calow, P. and Olive, P. J. W. (1988). The invertebrates - a new synthesis. Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publications.

Bartodzieg, W. (1992). Amphipod contribution to water hyacinth [Eichhornia crassipes (Mart.) Solms] decay. Biological Science 55: 103-111.

Bartsch, I. (1993a). Arenicolous Halacaridae (Acari) from southwestern Australia. F. E. Wells, Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. Fifth International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. 73-103. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Bartsch, I. (1993b). Halacarus (Halicaridae, Acari) from southwestern Australia. F. E. Wells, Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. Fifth International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. 45-71. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Bartsch, I. (1993c). Rhombognathine mites (Halicaridae, Acari) from Rottnest Island, Western Australia. F. E. Wells, Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. Fifth International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. 19-43. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Bartsch, I. (2000). Rhombognathidae (Acari: Halacaridae) from the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 45: 165-204.

Batley, G. E. (1995). Heavy metals and tributyltin in Australian coastal and estuarine waters. In State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia. Technical Annex 2: Pollution. L. P. Zann and Sutton, D. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of the Environment, Sport and Territories, Ocean Rescue 2000 Program: 63-72.

Batten, S. D. and Bamber, R. N. (1996). The effects of acidified seawater on the polychaete Nereis virens Sars, 1835. Marine Pollution Bulletin 32: 283-287.

Bavestrello, G., Bianchi, C. N., Calcinai, B., Cattaneo-Vietti, R., Cerrano, C., Morri, C., Puce, S. and Sarŕ, M. (2000). Bio-mineralogy as a structuring factor for marine epibenthic communities. Marine Ecology Progress Series 193: 241-249.

Bax, N. J. (1999). Eradicating a dreissenid from Australia. Dreissena 10: 1-5.

Bax, N. J., Carlton, J. T., Mathews-Amos, A., Haedrich, R. L., Howarth, F. G., Purcell, J. E., Rieser, A. and Gray, A. (2001). The Control of Biological Invasions in the World's Oceans. Conservation Biology 15: 1234-1246.

Bayer, F. M. (1980). Status of knowledge of octocorals of world seas. Seminaros de biologica marinha, Academia Brasileira de Ciencias, Rio de Janeiro: 3-11.

Beattie, A. J. (1994). Invertebrates as economic resources. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 36: 7-11.

Beattie, A. J., Majer, J. D. and Oliver, I. (1993). Rapid biodiversity assessment: a review. In Rapid Biodiversity Assessment. Proceedings of the Biodiversity Assessment Workshop Sydney, Macquarie University.

Beaumont, A. R. and Newman, P. B. (1986). Low levels of tributyltin reduce growth of microalgae. Marine Pollution Bulletin 19: 294-296.

Beaumont, K. L., Plummer, A. J., Hosie, G. W. and Ritz, D. A. (2001). Production and fate of faecal pellets during summer in an east Antarctic fjord. Hydrobiologia, Special Issue 453: 55-65.

Beck, M. W. (2000). Separating the elements of habitat structure: independent effects of habitat complexity and structural components on rocky intertidal gastropods. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 249: 29-49.

Beesley, P. L., Ross, G. J. B. and Glasby, C. J., Eds. (2000). Polychaetes and allies: the Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 4A Polychaeta, Myzostomida, Pogonophora, Echiura, Sipuncula. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing.

Beesley, P. L., Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A., Eds. (1998). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing.

Begon, M., Harper, J. L. and Townsend, C. R. (1996a). Ecology, individuals, populations and communities. Third Edition. New York, Blackwell Science.

Begon, M., Harper, J. L. and Townsend, C. R. (1996b). Ecology: Individuals, Populations and Communities, Blackwell Science Ltd.

Bell, J. D. (1983). Effects of depth and marine reserve fishing restrictions on the structure of a rocky reef fish assemblage in the northwestern Mediterranean Sea. Journal of Applied Ecology 20: 357-369.

Bell, J. D. and Andrew, N. L. (1995). Fisheries and aquaculture. In Coastal marine ecology of temperate Australia. A. J. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 277-296.

Bell, J. D., Steffe, A. S. and Westoby, M. (1988). Location of seagrass beds in estuaries: effects on associated fish and decapods. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 122: 127-146.

Bell, J. D. and Westoby, M. (1986a). Variations in seagrass height and density over a wide spatial scale: effects on common fish and decapods. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 104: 275-295.

Bell, J. D. and Westoby, M. (1986b). Abundance of macrofauna in dense seagrass is due to habitat preference, not predation. Oceaologia 68: 205-209.

Bell, P. R. F. (1991). Status of eutrophication in the Great Barrier Reef lagoon. Marine Pollution Bulletin 23: 89-93.

Bell, P. R. F. and Elmetri, I. (1995). Ecological indicators of large-scale eutrophication in the Great Barrier Reef Lagoon. Ambio 24: 208-215.

Bell, S. S., Fonseca, M. S. and Hall, M. O. (1997). Functional equivalency in restored seagrass beds: a 7-year study. Bulletin of the Ecological Society of America 78: 1-52.

Bellwood, D. R. and Hughes, T. P. (2001). Regional-scale assembly rules and biodiversity of coral reefs. Science 292: 1532-1534.

Benkendorff, K. (1999b). Molluscan resources: their past, present and future value. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 316-321.

Benkendorff, K. (2000). Molluscan medicines. Nature Australia. Winter 2000: 50-57.

Bennell, N. (1979). Coastal land development - a shadow over the Great Barrier Reef. Australian Parks and Recreation November 1979: 41-45.

Bennett, I. (1971). Shores of Macquarie Island. Adelaide, Rigby.

Bennett, I. (1986). The Great Barrier Reef. Sydney, Lansdowne.

Bennett, I. (1987). W. J. Dakin's classic study Australian Seashores. A guide to the temperate shores for the beach-lover, the naturalist, the shore-fisherman and the student. Sydney, Angus and Robertson.

Bennett, I. and Pope, E. C. (1953). Intertidal zonation of the exposed rocky shores of Victoria, together with a rearrangement of the biogeographical provinces of temperate Australian shores. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 4: 105-159.

Bennett, I. and Pope, E. C. (1960). Intertidal zonation of the exposed rocky shores of Tasmania and its relationship with the rest of Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 11: 182-221.

Ben-Nissan, B. (1999). Eyes of coral, knees of ceramic. Australasian Science September 1999: 27-29.

Benzie, J. A. H. (1998). Genetic structure of marine organisms and SE Asian biogeography. In Biogeography and Geological Evolution of SE Asia. R. Hall and Holloway, J. D. Leiden, The Netherlands, Backhuys Publishers: 197-209.

Benzie, J. A. H. (1999). Major genetic differences between Crown of Thorns Starfish (Acanthaster planci) populations in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. Evolution 53: 1782-1795.

Benzie, J. A. H. and Williams, S. T. (1992). Genetic structure of giant clam (Tridacna maxima) populations from reefs in the western Coral Sea. Coral Reefs 11: 135-141.

Bergquist, P. R. (1978). Sponges. London, Hutchinson.

Bergquist, P. R. and Skinner, I. G. (1982). Sponges (Phylum Porifera). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part I. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M., Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 38-72.

Berkelmans, R. and Oliver, J. K. (1999). Large-scale bleaching of corals on the Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 18: 55-60.

Berlow, E. L. (1999). Strong effects of weak interactions in ecological communities. Nature 398: 330-334.

Berry, P. (1986a). Faunal surveys of the Rowley Shoals, Scott Reef and Seringapatam Reef, NW  Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement. 25: 106 pp.

Berry, P. F. (1986b). Faunal surveys of the Rowley Shoals and Scott Reef, Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement No 25: 41-58.

Berry, P. F. (1986c). Faunal Surveys of the Rowley Shoals, Scott Reef and Seringapatam Reef. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement 25: 1-106.

Berry, P. F. (1988). Survey of the marine fauna of Christmas Island, Indian Ocean, Western Australian Museum for the Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service: 83.

Berry, P. F. (1993). Marine faunal surveys of Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island, north-western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement 44.

Berry, P. F. and Wells, F. E. (2000a). Survey of the marine fauna and habitats of the Montebello Islands, Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 59.

Berry, P. F. and Wells, F. E. (2000b). Survey of the marine fauna of Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 59.

Beveridge, I., and Jones, M.K. (2002). Diversity and biogeographical relationships of the Australian cestode fauna. International Journal for Parasitology 32: 343-351.

Beveridge, M. C. M., Ross, L. G. and Stewart, J. A. (1997). The development of mariculture and its implications for biodiversity. In Marine biodiversity: patterns and processes. R. F. G. Ormond, Gage, J. D. and Angel, M. V. Cambridge, U.K., Cambridge University Press: 372-393.

Bilyard, G. R. (1987). The value of benthic infauna in marine pollution monitoring studies. Marine Pollution Bulletin 18: 581-585.

Biological Diversity Advisory Committee (1992). A National Strategy for the Conservation of Australia's Biological Diversity. Draft for public comment. Canberra, Department of Arts, Sport, the Environment and Territories.

Birch, W. R. and Birch, M. (1984). Succession and patterns of tropical intertidal seagrasses in Cockle Bay, Queensland, Australia: a decade of observation. Aquatic Botany 19: 343-367.

Bird, F. L., Ford, P. W. and Hancock, G. J. (1999). Effect of burrowing macrobenthos on the flux of dissolved substances across the water-sediment interface. Marine and Freshwater Research 50: 523-532.

Bird, F. L. and Jenkins, G. P. (1999). Abundance, biomass and estimated production of invertebrate fauna associated with seagrass, Heterozostera tasmanica, in Swan Bay and an adjacent area of Port Phillip Bay, Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 111: 1-13.

Birkeland, C., Ed. (1997). Life and death of coral reefs. New York, Chapman and Hall.

Birkeland, C. and Lucas, J. S. (1990). Acanthaster planci: major management problem of coral reefs. Boca Raton, L.A., CRC Press.

Birtles, A. and Arnold, P. (1983). Between the reefs: some patterns of soft substrate epibenthos on the central Great Barrier Reef. J. T. Baker, Carter, R. M., Sammarco, P. W. and Stark, K. P., Eds. Inaugural Great Barrier Reef Conference. 159-163. Townsville, James Cook University Press.

Birtles, A. and Arnold, P. (1988). Distribution of trophic groups of epifaunal echinoderms and molluscs in the soft sediment areas of the central Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings of the 6th International Coral Reef Symposium, 3. 325-332.

Bisby, F. A. (1995). Characterization of biodiversity. In Global biodiversity assessment. V. H. Heywood and Watson, R. T. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press (for the United Nations Environment Program): 21-106.

Bishop, D. G., Ritz, D. A., Hosie, G. W., Kendrick, J. R. and Olley, J. (1983). Fatty acid composition of the lipids of  Puffinus tenuirostris (Temminck) in relation to its diet. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 71: 17-26.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1970). The occurrence of a penis-like outgrowth behind the right tentacle in spent females of Nucella lapillus (L.). Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 39: 231-233.

Blaber, S. J. M. (2000). Tropical Estuarine Fishes. Ecology, Exploitation and Conservation. Oxford, Blackwell Science Ltd.

Blackburn, H. (1974). Marine Molluscs. In Fauna Survey of the Port Essington District, Cobourg Peneinsula, Northern Territory of Australia. H. J. a. C. Frith, J.H., CSIRO, Division of Wildlife Research Technical Paper. 28: 49-62.

Blake, J. A. (1994). Vertical distribution of benthic infauna in continental slope sediments off Cape Lookout, North Carolina. Deep-Sea Research Part II 41: 919-927.

Blake, J. A. and Grassle, J. F. (1994). Benthic community structure on the U.S. South Atlantic slope off the Carolinas: Spatial heterogeneity in a current-dominated system. Deep-Sea Research Part II 41: 835-874.

Blake, J. A. and Hilbig, B. (1994). Dense infaunal assemblages on the continental slope off Cape Hatteras, North Carolina. Deep-Sea Research Part II 41: 875-899.

Blanchard, D. and Bourget, E. (1999). Scales of coastal heterogeneity: influence on intertidal community structure. Marine Ecology Progress Series 179: 163-173.

Blanche, K. R. (1992). Preliminary observations on the distribution and abundance of seaweed flies (Diptera: Coelopidae) on beaches in the Gosford District of New South Wales, Australia. Australian Journal of Ecology 17: 27-34.

Blaustein, A. R., Hoffman, P. D., Hokit, D. G., Kiesecker, J. M., Walls, S. C. and Hays, J. B. (1994). UV repair and resistance to solar UV-B in amphibian eggs: a link to population declines? Proceedings of the National Academy of Science 91: 1791-1795.

Blome, D. and Riemann, F. (1994). Sandy beach meiofauna of Eastern Australia (southern Queensland and New South Wales). III. Revision of the nematode genus Onyx Cobb, 1891, with a description of three new species (Nematoda: Desmodoridae). Invertebrate Taxonomy 8: 1483-1492.

Bock, P. (1999). Introduction to the Bryozoa, RMIT University, Civil and Geological Engineering. 1999.

Bock, P. E. (1982). Bryozoans (Phylum Bryozoa). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part I. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M., Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 319-394.

Bond, W. J. (1994). Keystone species. In Biodiversity and ecosystem function. E.-D. Schulze and Mooney, H. A. Berlin, Springer-Verlag: 237-253.

Bone, Q., Ed. (1998). The biology of pelagic tunicates. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Bongers, T. (1988). De Nematoden Van Nederland. Utrecht, The Netherlands, Koninkliijke Nederlandse Natuurhistorische Vereniging.

Bönner, W. N. (1990). International Agreements and the Conservation of Antarctic Systems. In Antarctic Ecosystems. Ecological Change and Conservation. K. R. Kerry and Hempel, G. Berlin, Springer-Verlag: 386-393.

Boray, J. and Munro, J. L. (1998). Economic significance. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing. 5A: 65-77.

Bothwell, M., Sherbot, L., Darren, M. J. and Pollock, C. M. (1994). Ecosystem response to solar ultraviolet-B radiation: Influence of trophic-level interactions. Science (Washington D C): 265(5168).

Bottomley, M., Folland, C. K., Hsiung, J., Newell, R. E. and Parker, D. E. (1990). Global ocean surface temperature atlas (GOSTA). Bracknell, UK, Meterological Office.

Boucher, G. and Lambshead, P. J. D. (1995). Ecological biodiversity of marine nematodes in samples from temperate, tropical, and deep-sea regions. Conservation Biology 9: 1594-1604.

Bouchet, P., Ed. (1995). Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, 14, Memoires du Museum D'Histoire Naturelle, Zoologie, Tome 167.

Bouchet, P. (2000). Assessing the magnitude of species' richness in the tropical Indo-Pacific: results from a collaborative effort at New Caledonian sites. W. F. Ponder, Ed. Molluscs 2000. Abstracts. 13-14. Sydney, Australia, The Malacological Society of Australasia.

Bouchet, P., Lozouet, P., Maestrati, P. and Heros, V. (2002). Assessing the magnitude of species richness in tropical marine environments: exceptionally high numbers of molluscs at a New Caledonian site. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 75: 421-436.

Bourseau, J.-P., Ameziane-Cominardi, N. and Roux, M. (1987). Un crinoide pedoncule nouveau, representant actuel de la famille jurassique des Hemicrinidae: Gymnocrinus richeri nov. sp. des fonds bathyaux de Nouvelle Caledonie (S. W. Pacifique). Comptes Rendus de l'Academie des Sciences, Paris 305: 595-599.

Bowen, B. W. (1997b). Landscape-level conservation in the marine realm. In Principles of conservation biology. 2nd edition. G. K. Meffe and Carroll, C. R. Sunderland, MA, Sinauer: 223-225.

Boxshall, G. A. and Humes, A. G. (1987). A new species of Hemicyclops (Copepoda: Poecilostomatoida) associated with an echiuran worm in Hong Kong. Asian Marine Biology 4: 61-66.

Bradstock, M. and Gordon, D. P. (1983). Coral-like bryozoan growths in Tasman Bay, and their protection to conserve commercial fish stocks. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 17: 159-163.

Brailovskaya, T. (1998). Obstacles to protecting marine biodiversity through marine wilderness preservation: examples from the New England region. Conservation Biology 12: 1236-1240.

Brakefield, P. M. (1991). Genetics and the conservation of invertebrates. In The scientific management of temperate communities for conservation. I. Spellerberg, Goldsmith, F. B. and Morris, M. G. Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publications: 45-79.

Braley, R. D. (1987). Distribution and abundance of the Giant Clams Tridacna gigas and Tridacna derasa on the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Micronesica: 20(1-2).

Brazeau, D. A. and Harvell, C. D. (1994). Genetic structure of local populations and divergence between growth forms in a clonal invertebrate, the Caribbean octocoral Briareum asbestinum. Marine Biology (Berlin) 119: 53-60.

Brewer, D., Eayrs, S., Mounsey, R. and Wang, Y.-G. (1996). Assessment of an environmentally friendly, semi-pelagic fish trawl. Fisheries Research (Amsterdam) 26: 225-237.

Bridgewater, P. and Ivanovici, A. (1993). Achieving a representative system of marine and estuarine protected areas for Australia. A. Ivanovici, Tarte, D. and Olson, M., Eds. Protection of marine and estuarine areas — a challenge for Australians. Proceedings of the Fourth Fenner Conference on the Environment, 9–11 October, 1991. 84–90. Canberra.

Brierley, A. S., Watkins, J. L. and Murray, A. W. A. (1997). Interannual variability in krill abundance at South Georgia. Marine Ecology Progress Series 150: 87-98.

Briggs, J. C. (1974). Marine zoogeography. New York, McGraw-Hill.

Brodie, J. E. (1991). Urban impact on the Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings of the workshop on land use patterns and nutrient loading of the Great Barrier Reef region. 18–26. Townsville, James Cook University.

Brodie, J. E. (1992). The effects of terrestrial runoff on survival and recruitment of larval and juvenile Acanthaster planci: a review. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 43: 539–554.

Brodie, J. E. (1995). Management of sewage discharges in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. In Recent advances in marine science and technology Townsville, Pacon.

Brodie, J. E. (1995a). The problems of nutrients and euthrophication in the Australian marine environment. In State of the marine environment report for Australia. Technical. L. P. Zann and Sutton, D. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of the Environment, Sport and Territories, Ocean Rescue 2000 Program.

Brodie, J. E. (1996). River flood plumes in the Great Barrier Reef lagoon. In Great Barrier Reef: terrigenous sediment flux and human impacts Townsville, Reef Research Centre: 33-39.

Brodie, J. E. (1997). Nutrients in the Great Barrier Reef region. In Nutrients in marine and estuarine environments. State of the Environment Technical Paper Series (Estuaries and the Sea). P. R. Cosser. Canberra, Department of the Environment: 7-28.

Brodie, J. E., Furnas, M. J., Steven, A. D. L., Trott, L. A., Pantus, F. and Wright, M. (1997). Monitoring chlorophyll in the Great Barrier Reef Lagoon: trends and variability. H. A. Lessios and MacIntyre, I. G., Eds. Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium, 1. 797-802, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute.

Broecker, W. S. (1974). Chemical oceanography. Orlando, Florida, Harcourt, Brace and Jovanovich.

Brook, F. J. (1998). The coastal molluscan fauna of the northern Kermadec Islands, Southwest Pacific Ocean. Journal of the Royal Society of New Zealand 28: 185-233.

Brown, B. E. (1997). Coral bleaching: causes and consequences. H. A. Lessios and MacIntyre, I. G., Eds. Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium (Vol. 1). 65-74, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute.

Brown, B. E., Dunne, R. P. and Chansang, H. (1996). Coral bleaching relative to elevated seawater temperature in the Andaman Sea (Indian Ocean) over the last 50 years. Coral Reefs 15: 151-52.

Brown, B. E., Dunne, R. P., Scoffin, T. P. and Le Tissier, M. D. A. (1994). Solar damage in intertidal corals. Marine Ecology Progress Series 105: 219-230.

Brown, B. E. and Howard, L. S. (1985). Assessing the effects of 'stress' on reef corals. Advances in Marine Biology 22: 221-223.

Brown, B. E., Le Tissier, M. D. A. and Bythell, J. C. (1995). Mechanisms of bleaching deduced from histological studies of reef corals sampled during a natural bleaching event. Marine Biology 122: 655-663.

Brown, B. E. and Suharsono (1990). Damage and recovery of coral reefs affected by El Nino related seawater warming in the Thousand Islands, Indonesia. Coral Reefs 8: 163-170.

Brown, R. S. and Phillips, B. F. (1994). The current status of Australia's rock lobster fisheries. London, Blackwell Scientific Publications.

Brown, S. S. and Rakocinski, C. F. (2000). Effects of Sediment Contaminants and Environmental Gradients on Macrobenthic Community Trophic Structure in Gulf of Mexico Estuaries. Estuaries 23: 411-424.

Bruce, A. J. and Coombes, K. E. (1995). The palaemonoid shrimp fauna (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea) of the Cobourg Peninsula, Northern Territory. Beagle 12: 101-144.

Bruce, N. (1986). Cirolanidae (Crustacea: Isopoda) of Australia. Records of the Australian Museum Supplement 6: 1-239.

Bruce, N. L. (2001). Marine isopod crustaceans in New Zealand. Water and Atmosphere 9.

Brusca, R. C. and Brusca, G. J. (1990). Invertebrates. Massachusetts, Sinauer Associates, Inc.

Bryan, G. W., Gibbs, P. E., Burt, G. R. and Hummerstone, L. G. (1987). The effects of tributyltin (TBT) accumulation on adult dog-whelks, Nucella lapillus: long-term field and laboratory experiments. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 67: 525-544.

Bucher, D. and Saenger, P. (1989). An inventory of Australian estuaries and enclosed marine waters (7 volumes, summary report and computer database). Lismore, NSW, Prepared for the Australian Recreational and Sport Fishing Confederation and the Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service. Centre for Coastal Management. 1920 p.

Bucklin, A., La Jeunesse, T. C., Curry, E., Wallinga, J. and Garrison, K. (1996). Molecular diversity of the copepod, Nannocalanus minor: Genetic evidence of species and population structure in the North Atlantic ocean. Journal of Marine Research 54: 285-310.

Buddemeier, R. W. and Fautin, D. G. (1993). Coral bleaching as an adaptive mechanism. BioScience 43: 320-326.

Bulman, C., Althaus, F., He, X., Bax, N. J. and Williams, A. (2001). Diets and trophic guilds of demersal fishes of the south-eastern Australian shelf. Marine and Freshwater Research 52: 537-548.

Bunt, J. S. (1987). The Australian marine environment. In Fauna of Australia. Volume 1A. General articles. G. R. Dyne and Walton, D. W. Canberra, AGPS: 17-42.

Burchett, M. D. and Pulkownik, A. (1996). Wetlands study. Homebush Bay. Ecological Studies 1993-1995. Collingwood, Olympic Coordination Authority and CSIRO. 145 - 187.

Burchett, M. D., Pulkownik, A., Grant, C. and Macfarlane, G. (1998). Rehabilitation of Saline Wetlands, Olympics 2000 Site, Sydney (Australia)- 1: Management Strategies Based on Ecological Needs Assessment. Marine Pollution Bulletin 37: 515-525.

Burchett, M. D., Pulkownik, A. and Seychell, O. (2000). Homebush Bay Wetlands Ecology Project. Final Report to Olympic Coordination Authority, September, 2000. Sydney, University of Technology, Sydney.

Burdon-Jones, C. (1998). Hemichordata. In Hemichordata, Tunicata, Cephalochordata. Zoological Catalogue of Australia 34. A. Wells and Houston, W. W. K. Melbourne, CSIRO Australia: 1-50.

Bureau of Flora and Fauna (1981). Directory of Australian taxonomists. Canberra.

Burgman, M. A. and Lindenmayer, D. B. (1998). Conservation biology for the Australian environment. Chipping Norton, NSW, Surrey Beatty and Sons.

Burgman, M. A. and Possingham, H. P. (2000). Population viability analysis for conservation: the good, the bad and the undescribed. In Genetics, Demography and Viability of Fragmented Populations. A. G. Young and Clarke, G. M. London, Cambridge University Press: 97-112.

Burke, C. J. (1994). Regulating toxicity in drilling mud: An innovative approach using pollution prevention. Government Reports Announcements and Index (GRAandI) 16.

Burkholder, J. M. (1998). Implications of harmful microalgae and heterotrophic dinoflagellates in management of sustainable marine fisheries. Ecological Applications 8: S37-S62.

Burnett, W. J., Benzie, J. A. H., Beardmore, J. A. and Ryland, J. S. (1995). Patterns of genetic subdivision in populations of a clonal cnidarian, Zoanthus coppingeri, from the Great Barrier Reef. Marine Biology 122: 665-673.

Buschmann, A. H., Lopez, D. A. and Medina, A. (1996). A review of the environmental effects and alternative production strategies of marine aquaculture in Chile. Aquacultural Engineering 15: 397-421.

Buss, L. W. and Yund, P. O. (1989). A sibling species group of Hydractinia in the north-eastern United States. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 69: 857-874.

Bustnes, J. O. and Galaktionov, K. (1999). Anthropogenic influences on the infestation of intertidal gastropods by seabird trematode larvae on the southern Barents Sea coast. Marine Biology 133: 449-453.

Butcher, R. J., Clunie, P. E. and Yen, A. L. (1994). The Victorian Flora and Fauna Guarantee Act: flagship legislation for invertebrate conservation. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 36: 13-19.

Butler, A. J. (1995). Subtidal rocky reefs. In Coastal marine ecology of temperate Australia. A. J. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 83-105.

Butler, A. J. and Connolly, R. M. (1999). Assemblages of sessile marine invertebrates: still changing after all these years? Marine Ecology Progress Series 182: 109-118.

Butler, A. J. and Jernakoff, P. (1999). Seagrass in Australia: Strategic review and development of an R and D plan. Collingwood, Report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation. CSIRO Publishing.

Butler, A. J., Williams, A., Koslow, T., Gowlett-Holmes, K., Barker, B., Lewis, M. and Reid, R. (2000). A study of the conservation significance of the benthic fauna around Macquarie Island and the potential impact of the Patagonian Toothfish Trawl Fishery, Report to Environment Australia Marine Group. 71 pp.

Buttermore, R. E., Turner, E. and Morrice, M. G. (1994). The introduced Northern Pacific seastar Asterias amurensis in Tasmania. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 36: 21-25.

Byrne, M., Cerra, A., Hart, M. W. and Smith, M. J. (1999). Life history diversity and molecular phylogeny in the Australian sea star genus Patiriella. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. F. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 188-196.

Byrne, M., Cerra, A., Nishigaki, T. and Hoshi, M. (1997a). Infestation of the testes of the Japanese sea star Asterias amurensis by the ciliate Orchitophyra stellarum: a caution against the use of this ciliate for biological control. Diseases of Aquatic Organisms 28: 235-239.

Byrne, M., Cerra, A., Nishigaki, T. and Hoshi, M. (1998). Male infertility: a new phenomenon affecting Japanese populations of the sea star Asterias amurensis (Asteroidea) due to introduction of the parasitic ciliate Orchitophyra stellarum to Japan. In Echinoderms. R. Mooi and Telford, M. Rotterdam, Balkema: 203-207.

Byrne, M., Morrice, M. G. and Wolf, B. (1997b). Introductions of the northern Pacific asteroid Asterias amurensis to Tasmania: reproduction and current distribution. Marine Biology 127: 673-685.

Bythell, J. C., Hillis-Starr, Z. M. and Rogers, C. S. (2000). Local variability but landscape stability in coral reef communities following repeated hurricane impacts. Marine Ecology Progress Series 204: 93-100.

Cabanes, C., Cazenave, A. and Provost, C. L. (2001). Sea Level Rise During Past 40 Years Determined from Satellite and in Situ Observations. Science 294: 840-842.

Caddy, J. F. and Rodhouse, P. G. (1998). Cephalopod and groundfish landings: evidence for ecological change in global fisheries. Reviews in Fish Biology and Fisheries 8: 431-444.

Cairns, S. D. and Parker, S. A. (1992). Review of the Recent Scleractinia (stony corals) of South Australia, Victoria and Tasmania. Records of the Australian Museum 3: 1-82.

CALM (1991). Policy Statement No. 33. Conservation of threatened and specially protected fauna in the wild. Western Australia, Department of Conservation and Land Management.

CALM (1994). A representative marine reserve system for Western Australia. Report of the Marine Parks and Reserves Selection Working Group. Perth, Department of Conservation and Land Management.

CALM (1999). Saving our threatened wildlife:  Listing of species and subspecies as threatened. http://www.calm.wa.gov.au/plants_animals/watscu_lists.html, WA Department of Conservation and Land Management.

Calow, P. (1998). The encyclopaedia of ecology and environmental management. Oxford, Osney Mead.

Cameron, A. M., Endean, R. and DeVantier, L. M. (1991). Predation on massive corals: are devastating outbreaks of Acanthaster planci novel events? Marine Ecology Progress Series 75: 251-258.

Cameron, W. M. and Pritchard, D. W. (1963). Estuaries. In The Sea. M. N. Hill. New York, John Wiley and Sons. 2: 306-324.

Campbell, M. L., Nair, R., and Hewitt, C.L (in press). Inflation of biodiversity estimates ; xenodiversity of the marine Bryozoan fauna in Australian waters. Records of the South Australian and Museum (Proceedings of the 5th Invertebrate Biodiversity Conservation Conference- Adelaide December 2001.

Cannon, L. R. G. (1986). Turbellaria of the world: a guide to families and genera. Brisbane, Queensland Museum.

Cannon, L. R. G., Goeden, G. B. and Campbell, P. (1987). Community patterns revealed by trawling in the inter-reef regions of the Great Barrier Reef. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 25: 45-70.

Cao, Y., Bark, A. W. and Williams, W. P. (1996). Measuring the responses of macroinvertebrate communities to water pollution: a comparison of multivariate approaches, biotic and diversity indices. Hydrobiologia 341: 1-19.

Capuzzo, J. M. (1987). Biological effects of petroleum hydrocarbons: assessments from experimental results. In Long-term environmental effects of offshore oil and gas development. D. F. Boesch and Rabalais, N. N. London, Elsevier Applied Science: 343-410.

Carlton, J. T. (1987). Patterns of transoceanic marine biological invasions in the Pacific ocean. Bulletin of Marine Science 41: 452-465.

Carlton, J. T. (1992). Dispersal of living organisms into aquatic ecosystems as mediated by aquaculture and fisheries activities. In Dispersal of living organisms into aquatic ecosystems. A. Rosenfield and Mann, R. College Park, Maryland, Maryland Sea Grant Publication: 13-45.

Carlton, J. T. (1993). Neoextinctions of marine invertebrates. American Zoologist 33: 499-509.

Carlton, J. T. (1996a). Biological invasions and cryptogenic species. Ecology 77: 1653-1655.

Carlton, J. T. (1996b). Marine conservation ecology: Recognizing the roles of invasions and extinctions in a long-term era of declining systematics and exploration. Bulletin of the Ecological Society of America 77: 70.

Carlton, J. T. (1998). Apostrophe to the ocean. Conservation Biology 12: 1165-1167.

Carlton, J. T. (1999). Molluscan invasions in marine and estuarine communities. Malacologia 41: 439-454.

Carlton, J. T. and Geller, J. B. (1993). Ecological roulette: the global transport of nonindigenous marine organisms. Science 261: 78-82.

Carlton, J. T., Meller, J. B., Reaka-Kulda, M. L. and Norse, E. A. (1999). Historical extinctions in the sea. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 30: 515-538.

Carlton, J. T., Vermeij, G. J., Lindberg, D. R., Carlton, D. A. and Dudley, E. C. (1991). The first historical  extinction of a marine invertebrate in an ocean basin: the demise of the eelgrass limpet Lottia alveus. Biological Bulletin 180: 72-80.

Carlton, R. L. (1986). Property rights and incentives in the preservation of species. In The preservation of species. B. G. Norton. Princeton, Princeton University Press: 255-267.

Carnevali, M. D. C., Bonasoro, F., Patruno, M., Thorndyke, M. C. and Galassi, S. (2001). PCB exposure and regeneration in crinoids (Echinodermata). Marine Ecology Progress Series 215: 155-167.

Carté, B. K. (1996). Biomedical potential of marine natural products. BioScience 46: 271-286.

Carter, S. (1995). Pachycerianthus (Anthozoa: Ceriantharia: Cerianthidae), two newly described species from Port Jackson, Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 47: 1-6.

Cassie, R. M. (1955). Population studies on the toheroa, Amphidesma ventricosum Gray (Eulamellibranchiata). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 6: 348-391.

Castilla, J. C. (1999). Coastal marine communities: trends and perspectives from human-exclusion experiments. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 14: 280-283.

Castilla, J. C. (2000). Roles of experimental marine ecology in coastal management and conservation. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 250: 3-21.

Castilla, J. C. and Durán, L. R. (1985). Human exclusion from the rocky intertidal zone of central Chile: the effects on Concholepas concholepas (Gastropoda). OIKOS 45: 391-399.

Caton, A., McLoughlin, K. and Staples, D. (1998). Fishery Status Reports 1998. Resource assessments of Australian Commonwealth fisheries. Kingston, ACT, Bureau of Rural Sciences, Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.

Catterall, C. (1998). Molluscs on coral reefs. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 33-36.

Caughley, G. (1994). Directions in conservation biology. Journal of Animal Ecology 63: 215-244.

Causey, B. D. (in press). The role of the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary in the South Florida ecosystem restoration initiative. In Proceedings of the International Tropical Ecosystems Management Symposium, November 1998, Townsville Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.

Cavender-Bares, K. K., Mann, E. L., Chisholm, S. W., Ondrusek, M. E. and Bidigare, R. R. (1999). Differential response of equatorial Pacific phytoplankton to iron fertilization. Limnology and Oceanography 44: 237-246.

Chandler, G. T., Scott, G. I. and Fulton, M. H. (1994). Final report: the acute toxicity and bioaccumulation of azinphosmethyl in benthic copepods and development of a model for the trophic transfer of nonpersistent pesticides to recreationally important finfish species. NOAA Coastal Ocean Program Project NA16RG0512-01R/COP-3. Columbia, South Carolina, University of South Carolina.

Chapman, J. W. and Carlton, J. T. (1994). Predicted discoveries of the introduced isopod Synidotea laevidorsalis (Miers, 1881). Journal of Crustacean Biology 14: 700-714.

Chapman, M. G. (1998). Relationships between spatial patterns of benthic assemblages in a mangrove forest using different levels of taxonomic resolution. Marine Ecology Progress Series 162: 71-78.

Chapman, M. G. (1999). Are there adequate data to assess how well theories of rarity apply to marine invertebrates? Biodiversity and Conservation 8: 1295-1318.

Chapman, M. G. (2000). Poor design of behavioural experiments gets poor results: examples from intertidal habitats. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 250: 77-95.

Chapman, M. G. and Underwood, A. J. (1995). Mangrove forests. In Coastal marine ecology of temperate Australia. A. J. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 187-204.

Chapman, M. G. and Underwood, A. J. (1998). Inconsistency and variation in the development of rocky intertidal algal assemblages. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 224: 265-289.

Chapman, V. J. (1977). Introduction. In Wet coastal ecosystems. V. J. Chapman. Amsterdam, Elsevier Scientific: 1-29.

Chen, Y. and Montgomery, S. S. (1999). Modelling the dynamics of eastern rock lobster, Jasus verreauxi, stock in New South Wales, Australia. Fishery Bulletin 97: 25-38.

Cheng, L., Ed. (1976). Marine Insects. Amsterdam, North Holland Publishing Company.

Chieu, S. A. and Berking, S. (1997). Interference with metamorphosis induction in the marine cnidaria Hydractinia echinata (Hydrozoa): a structure-activity relationship analysis of lower alcohols, aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, thiophenes, tributyl tin and crude oil. Chemosphere 34: 1851-1866.

Chisholm, J. R. M. and Kelley, R. (2001). Worms start the reef-building process. Nature 409: 152.

Choat, J. H. and Hoedt, F. E. (1999). Port sampling on the Australian north-eastern coast (abstract). The ballast water problem - where to from here? Proceedings of a workshop held 5-6th May 1999. Ecoports Monograph Series, 19. Brisbane.

Choat, J. H. and Kingett, P. D. (1982). The influence of fish predation on the abundance cycles of an algal turf invertebrate fauna. Oecologia 54: 88-95.

Christensen, V. (2000). Indicators for marine ecosystems affected by fisheries. Marine Freshwater Research 51: 447-450.

Christiansen, M. E., Costlow, J. D., Jr and Monroe, R. J. (1978). Effects of the insect growth regulator Dimilin® (TH-6040) on larval development of two estuarine crabs. Marine Biology 50: 29-36.

Chu, F. L. E. and Hale, R. C. (1994). Relationship between pollution and susceptibility to infectious disease in the eastern oyster, Crassostrea virginica. Marine Environmental Research 38: 243-256.

Churchill, J. H. (1989). The effect of commercial trawling on sediment resuspension and transport over the Middle Atlantic Bight Continental Shelf. Continental Shelf Research 9: 841-864.

Clark, H. L. (1946). The echinoderm fauna of Australia, its composition and its origin. Publications of the Carnegie Institute, Washington 566: 1-567.

Clark, K. B. (1994). Ascoglossan (=Sacoglossa) molluscs in the Florida Keys: Rare marine invertebrates at special risk. Bulletin of Marine Science 54: 900-916.

Clark, W. C. (1963). Australian Pycnogonida. Records of the Australian Museum 26: 1-81.

Clarke, A. (1992). Is there a latitudinal diversity cline in the sea? Trends in Ecology and Evolution 7: 286-287.

Clarke, A. (2001). Benthic Organisms and Environmental Variability in Antarctica: Responses to Seasonal, Decadal and Long-term Change. Ocean and Polar Research 23: 433-440.

Clarke, A. and Crame, J. A. (1997). Diversity, latitude and time: patterns in the shallow sea. In Marine biodiversity: patterns and processes. R. F. G. Ormond, Gage, J. D. and Angel, M. V. Cambridge, U.K., Cambridge University Press: 122-147.

Clarke, P. J. and Ward, T. J. (1994). The response of southern hemisphere saltmarsh plants and gastropods to experimental contamination by petroleum hydrocarbons. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 175: 43-57.

Clayton, M. N. and King, R. J., Eds. (1990). Biology of marine plants. Melbourne, Longman Cheshire.

Cloern, J. E., Cole, B. E. and Hager, S. W. (1994). Notes on a Mesodinium rubrum red tide in San Francisco Bay (California, USA). Journal of Plankton Research 16: 1269-1276.

Clunie, P. and Reed, J. (1995). Protection of invertebrates in Victoria: the Flora and Fauna Guarantee Act 1988. Victorian Naturalist 112: 32-35.

Coates, K. A. (1990). Marine Enchytraeidae (Oligochaeta) of the Albany area, Western Australia. F. E. Wells, Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. Third International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Albany, Western Australia. 13-42. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Coates, K. A. and Stacey, D. F. (1993). The marine Enchytraetidae (Oligochaeta, Annelida) of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. F. E. Wells, Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. Fifth International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. 391-414. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Coates, K. A. and Stacey, D. F. (1997). Enchytraeids (Oligochaeta: Annelida) of the lower shore and shallow subtidal of Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory, Australia. J. Hanley and Russell, J., Eds. Proceedings of the Sixth International Marine Biological Workshop. The marine flora and fauna of Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory. 67-80. Darwin, Beagle.

Cognetti, G. and Curini-Galletti, M. (1993). Biodiversity conservation problems in the marine environment. Marine Pollution Bulletin 26: 179-183.

Cohen, B. F., Currie, D. R. and McArthur, M. A. (2000). Epibenthic community structure in Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research 51: 689-702.

Cohen, B. F. and Poore, G. C. B. (1994). Phylogeny and biogeography of the Gnathiidae (Crustacea: Isopoda) with descriptions of new genera and species, most from South-Eastern Australia. Memoirs of Museum Victoria 54: 271-397.

Cole, J. (2001). A Slow Dance for El Nino. Science 291: 1496-1497.

Cole, R. G., Ayling, T. M. and Creese, R. G. (1990). Effects of marine reserve protection at Goat Island, northern New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 24: 197-210.

Cole, R. G., Creese, R. G., Grace, R. V., Irving, P. and Jackson, B. R. (1992). Abundance patterns of subtidal benthic invertebrates and fishes in the Kermadec Islands. Marine Ecology Progress Series 82: 207-218.

Cole, R. G. and Keuskamp, D. (1998). Indirect effects of protection from exploitation: patterns from populations of Evechinus chloroticus (Echinoidea) in northeastern New Zealand. Marine Ecology Progress Series 173: 215-226.

Coleman, N. and Cuff, W. (1980). The abundance, distribution and diversity of the molluscs of Western Port, Victoria, Australia. Malacologia 20: 35-63.

Coleman, N., Cuff, W., Drummond, M. and Kudenov, J. D. (1978). A quantitative survey of the macrobenthos of Western Port, Victoria. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 29: 445-466.

Coleman, N., Cuff, W., Drummond, M. and Kudenov, J. D. (1988). A quantitative survey of the macrobenthos of Western Port, Victoria. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 29: 445-466.

Coleman, N., Gason, A. S. H. and Poore, G. C. B. (1997). High species richness in the shallow marine waters of south-east Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series 154: 17-26.

Coles, S. L., DeFelice, R. C., Eldredge, L. G. and Carlton, J. T. (1999). Historical and recent introductions of non-indigenous marine species into Pearl Harbor, Oahu. Hawaiian Islands. Marine Biology 135: 147-158.

Coles, S. L. and Fadlallah, Y. H. (1991). Reef coral survival and mortality at low temperatures in the Arabian Gulf: new species-specific lower temperature limits. Coral Reefs 9.

Colgan, D. J. and Ponder, W. F. (in press). Genetic discrimination of morphologically-similar, sympatric species in Pearl Oysters (Mollusca, Bivalvia: Pinctada) in eastern Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research.

Collie, J. S., Escanero, G. A. and Valentine, P. C. (1997). Effects of bottom fishing on the benthic megafauna of Georges Bank. Marine Ecology Progress Series 155: 159-172.

Collins, A. G. (1995). Introduction to the Brachiopoda, Museum of Palaeontology, University of California, Berkeley.

Collins, M. and Wells, S. (1983). Invertebrates - who needs them? New Scientist 98: 441-444.

Collins, N. M. (1987). Legislation to conserve insects in Europe, The Amateur Entomologists' Society, Pamphlet 13.

Commonwealth of Australia (1984). A National Conservation Strategy for Australia. 2nd Ed. Canberra, Department of Home Affairs and Environment.

Commonwealth of Australia (1991). Ecologically sustainable development working groups final report - Executive summaries. Canberra, Australian Government Publishing Service.

Commonwealth of Australia (1992). National Strategy for Ecologically Sustainable Development.

Commonwealth of Australia (1994). Terms of reference for developing the National Representative System of Marine Protected Areas. Canberra, Department of the Arts, Sport, Environment and Territories.

Commonwealth of Australia (1996). National strategy for the conservation of Australia's biological diversity. Canberra, Department of the Environment, Sport and Territories.

Commonwealth of Australia (1998a). Australia's oceans policy. Canberra, Environment Australia.

Commonwealth of Australia (1998b). Australia's oceans policy - Specific sectoral measures. Canberra, Environment Australia.

Conand, C. (1990). The fishery resources of Pacific island countries. Part 2: Holothurians. Rome, FAO Fisheries Technical Paper No. 272.2.

Conand, C. (1995). Les holothuries ressource halieutique des lagons. Nouméa, ORSTOM, Rapp. Sci. Tech., 65.

Conand, C. (1997). Are holothurian fisheries for export sustainable? In Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium (Vol. 2). H. A. Lessios and MacIntyre, I. G., Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute: 2021-2026.

Conand, C. and Byrne, M. (1993). A review of recent developments in the world sea cucumber fishes. Marine Fisheries Review 55: 1-13.

CONCOM (1985). Summary report for the second technical workshop on selection and management of marine and estuarine protected areas. Jervis Bay, ACT, Council of Nature Conservation Ministers Technical Conference Program.

CONCOM (1989). Council of Nature Conservation Ministers Australian statement on invertebrates. Myrmecia 25: 123-125.

Connell, D. W. (1990). Bioaccumulation of xenobiotic compounds. Boca Raton, Florida, CRC Press.

Connell, D. W. (1993). Water pollution : causes and effects in Australia and New Zealand. 3rd ed. St. Lucia, Queensland, University of Queensland Press.

Connell, J. H., Hughes, T. P. and Wallace, C. C. (1997). A 30-year study of coral abundance, recruitment and disturbance at several scales in space and time. Ecological Monographs 67: 461-488.

Connell, S. D. (2001). Urban structures as marine habitats: an experimental comparison of the composition and abundance of subtidal epibiota among pilings, pontoons and rocky reefs. Marine Environmental Research 52: 115-125.

Connell, S. D. and Anderson, M. J. (1999). Predation by fish on assemblages of intertidal epibiota: effects of predator size and patch size. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 241: 15-29.

Connell, S. D. and Glasby, T. M. (1999). Do urban structures influence local abundance and diversity of subtidal epibiota? A case study from Sydney Harbour, Australia. Marine Environmental Research 47: 373-387.

Connolly, R. M. (1995). Effects of removal of seagrass canopy on assemblages of small, motile invertebrates. Marine Ecology Progress Series 118: 129-137.

Connolly, R. M. (1999). Saltmarsh as habitat for fish and nektonic crustaceans: Challenges in sampling designs and methods. Australian Journal of Ecology 24: 422-430.

Constable, A. J. (1999). Ecology of benthic macro-invertebrates in soft-sediment environments: a review of progress towards quantitative models and predictions. Australian Journal of Ecology 24: 452-476.

Cook, F. J., Hicks, W., Gardner, E. A., Carlin, G. D. and Frogatt, D. W. (2000a). Export of acidity in drainage water from acid sulphate soils. Marine Pollution Bulletin 41: 319-326.

Cook, F. J., Hicks, W., Gardner, E. A., Carlin, G. D. and Froggatt, D. W. (2000b). Export of acidity in drainage water from acid sulphate soils. Marine Pollution Bulletin 41: 319-326.

Cook, P. A., Davis, G. E., Haaker, P. L. and Leighton, D. L. (1998). Proceedings. 3rd International Symposium of Abalone Biology, Fisheries and Culture, Journal of Shellfish Research. 17.

Cookson, L. J. (1990). Australasian species of Limnoriidae (Crustacea: Isopoda). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 52: 137-262.

Cornell, H. V. and Karlson, R. H. (2000). Coral species richness: ecological versus biogeographical influences. Coral Reefs 19: 37-49.

Cortés N., J. and Risk, M. J. (1985). A reef under siltation stress: Cahuita, Costa Rica. Bulletin of Marine Science 36: 339-356.

Cosser, P. R., Ed. (1997). Nutrients in marine and estuarine environments. State of the Environment Technical Paper Series (Estuaries and the Sea). Canberra, Department of the Environment.

Cotterill, F. P. D. (1995). Systematics, biological knowledge and environmental conservation. Biodiversity and Conservation 4: 183-205.

Cotterill, F. P. D. (1997). The second Alexandrian tragedy, and the fundamental relationship between biological collections and scientific knowledge. In The value and valuation of natural science collections. Proceedings of the International Conference, Manchester, 1995. J. R. Nudds and Pettitt, C. W. London, The Geological Society: 227-241.

Cotton, B. C. (1959). South Australian Mollusca: Archaegastropoda. Adelaide, Government Printer.

Cotton, B. C. (1961). South Australian Mollusca. Pelycypoda. Adelaide, Government Printer.

Cotton, B. C. (1964). South Australian Mollusca: Chitons. Adelaide, Government Printer.

Cotton, B. C. and Godrey, F. K. (1938). Molluscs of South Australia: Pelecypoda. Adelaide, Government Printer.

Coull, B. C. (1999). Role of meiofauna in estuarine soft-bottom habitats. Australian Journal of Ecology 24: 327-343.

Council of Europe (1987). Recommendation No R(86)10 of the Committee of Ministers to member states concerning the charter on invertebrates. Journal of Applied Ecology 24: 315-319.

Coveney, J. (1993). Australia's conservation reserves. Melbourne, Cambridge University Press.

Cowen, R. K., Agegian, C. R. and Foster, M. S. (1982). The maintenance of community structure in a central California giant kelp forest. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 64: 189-201.

Cowie, P. R., Widdicombe, S. and Austen, M. C. (2000). Effects of physical disturbance on an estuarine intertidal community: field and mesocosm results compared. Marine Biology 136: 485-495.

Coyer, J. A. (1984). The invertebrate assemblage associated with the giant kelp, Macrocystis pyrifera, at Santa Catalina Island, California: a general description with emphasis on amphipods, copepods, mysids and shrimps. Fishery Bulletin 82: 55-66.

Cracraft, J. (1995). The urgency of building global capacity for biodiversity science. Biodiversity and Conservation 4: 463-475.

Craik, W. (1996). The Great Barrier Reef Marine Park, Australia: A model for regional management. Natural Areas Journal 16: 344-353.

Craik, W. and Dutton, I. (1987). Assessing the effects of sediment discharge on the Cape Tribulation fringing coral reefs. Coastal Management 15: 213–228.

Cranford, P. J., Gordon, D. C. J., Lee, K., Armsworthy, S. L. and Tremblay, G.-H. (1999). Chronic toxicity and physical disturbance effects of water- and oil-based drilling fluids and some major constituents on adult sea scallops (Placopecten magellanicus). Marine Environmental Research 48: 225-256.

Cranston, P. and Hillman, T. (1992). Rapid assessment of biodiversity using "biological diversity technicians". Australian Biologist 5: 144-154.

Craven, S. (2000). Marine Pests -Reducing the Risks in Local Ports. WAVES. 7: 5.

Crawford, D. W., Purdie, D. A., Lockwood, A. P. M. and Weissman, P. (1997). Recurrent red-tides in the Southampton water estuary caused by the phototrophic ciliate Mesodinium rubrum. Estuarine Coastal and Shelf Science 45: 799-812.

Crayford, J. V. (1999). MARPOL 73/78 - The Future of Annex II. IMO News 1: 21-27.

Creese, R. G. and Jeffs, A. (1993). Biological Research in New Zealand Marine Reserves. In Proceedings of the 2nd International Temperate Reef Symposium. C. N. Battershill, Schiel, D. R., Jones, G. P., Creese, R. G. and MacDiarmid, A. B. Wellington, NIWA Marine: 15-22.

Cresswell, G. (1996). The Leeuwin Current near Rottnest Island, Western Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research 47: 483-487.

Cresswell, I. D. and Thomas, G. M. (c. 1997). Terrestrial and marine protected areas in Australia (1997). Canberra, A.C.T., Environment Australia, Department of the Environment.

Cribb, A. B. (1954). Macrocystis pyrifera (L.) Ag. in Tasmanian waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 5: 1-34.

Cribb, T. H. (1998). The diversity of the Digenea of Australian animals. International Journal for Parasitology 28: 899-911.

Cripps, G. C. (1992). The extent of hydrocarbon contamination in the marine environment from a research station in the Antarctic. Marine Pollution Bulletin 25: 288-292.

Cripps, G. C. and Shears, J. (1997). The fate in the marine environment of a minor diesel fuel spill from an Antarctic research station. Environmental Monitoring and Assessment 46: 221-232.

Crooks, J. A. (1998). Habitat alteration and community-level effects of an exotic mussel, Musculista senhousia. Marine Ecology Progress Series 162: 137-152.

Cropp, D. A. (1993). Development of large-scale hatchery production techniques for Amusium balloti (Bernardi 1861) in Western Australia. Aquaculture: 115(3-4).

Crosnier, A. and Bouchet, P., Eds. (1991). Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, 7. Memoires du Museum D'Histoire Naturelle, Serie A, Zoologie, Tome 150.

Crowe, T. P., Thompson, R. C., Bray, S. and Hawkins, S. J. (2000). Impacts of anthropogenic stress on rocky intertidal communities. Journal of Aquatic Ecosystem Stress and Recovery 7: 273-297.

Crowley, G. M. (1996). Late quaternary mangrove distribution in northern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 9: 219-225.

CSIRO (1994). Jervis Bay Baseline Studies, 1-3, CSIRO Division of Fisheries.

Culotta, E. (1994). Is marine biodiversity at risk? Science 263: 918-920.

Cumming, R. L. (1999). Predation on reef-building corals: multiscale variation in the density of three corallivorous gastropods, Drupella spp. Coral Reefs 18: 147-157.

Currie, D. R., Cohen, B. F. and McArthur, M. A. (2000). Reproduction and distribution of the invasive European fanworm Sabella spallanzanii (Polychaeta : Sabellidae) in Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, Australia. Marine Biology 136.

Currie, D. R. and Parry, G. D. (1996). Effects of scallop dredging on a soft sediment community: a large-scale experimental study. Marine Ecology Progress Series 134: 131-150.

Currie, D. R. and Parry, G. D. (1999). Changes to benthic communities over 20 years in Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, Australia. Marine Pollution Bulletin 38: 36-43.

Czechura, G. V. (1994). Is the public really interested in invertebrates? What the Queensland Museum Reference Centre enquiries from 1986-1993 tell us. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 36: 41-46.

Dacraemes, W. and Coomans, A. (1978). Scientific report on the Belgian expedition to the Great Barrier Reef in 1967. Nematodes XII. Ecological notes on the nematode fauna in and around mangroves in Lizard Island. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 29: 497-508.

Dahl, E. (1952). Some aspects of the ecology and zonation of the fauna of sandy beaches. OIKOS 4: 1-27.

Dahllöf, I., Blanck, H., Hall, P. O. J. and Molander, S. (1999). Long-term effects of tri-n-butyl-tin on the function of a marine sediment system. Marine Ecology Progress Series 188: 1-11.

Dahm, C. (1999). Ophiuroids (Echinodermata) of southern Chile and the Antarctic: taxonomy, biomass, diet and growth of dominant species. Scientia Marina 63: 427-432.

Daily, G. C., Söderqvist, T., Aniyar, S., Arrow, K., Dasgupta, P., Ehlrich, P. R., Folke, C., Jansson, A., Jansson, B.-O., Kautsky, N., Levin, S., Lubchenco, J., Mäler, K.-G., Simpson, D., Starrett, D., Tilman, D. and Walker, B. (2000). The Value of Nature and the Nature of Value. Science 289: 395-396.

Dakin, W. J. (1952). Australian seashores; a guide for the beachlover, the naturalist, the shore fisherman, and the student. Sydney, Angus and Robertson.

Dallwitz, M. J., J., P. E. and Zurcher, E. J. (1993). Delta User's Guide. A general system for processing taxonomic descriptions. Canberra, CSIRO.

Dare, P. J. (1982). Notes on the swarming behavior and population density of Asterias ruber L. (Echinodermata: Asteroidea) feeding on the mussel Mytilus edulis L. Journal du Conseil International pour L'Exploration de la Mer 40: 112-118.

Dartnall, A. J. (1969). New Zealand sea stars in Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 103: 53-55.

Dartnall, A. J. (1974). Littoral biogeography. In Biogeography and ecology in Tasmania. Monographiae Biologicae 25. W. D. Williams. The Hague, Dr W. Junk: 171-194.

Dartnall, A. J. (1980). Tasmanian echinoderms. Fauna of Australia Handbook 3: 1-82.

DASETT (1991). Nomination of Macquarie Island by the Government of Australia for inscription on the World Heritage List. Canberra, ACT, Prepared by the Department of the Arts, Sport, the Environment, Tourism and Territories. 79.

Davey, B. (1993). The specimen shell trade in Australia. Status, export and legislation (unpublished report).

David, P., Perdieu, M.-A., Pernot, A.-F. and Jarne, P. (1997). Fine-grained spatial and temporal population genetic structure in the marine bivalve Spisula ovalis. Evolution 51: 1318-1322.

David, S. D., Baish, S. and Morrow, B. H. (1999). Uncovering the hidden costs of coastal hazards. Environment 41: 10-19.

Davie, P. J. F. (1998). Wild Guide to Moreton Bay, Wildlife and habitats of a beautiful Australian coast - Noosa to the Tweed. Brisbane, Queensland Museum.

Davie, P. J. F. (2002a). Crustacea: Malacostraca: Phyllocarida, Hoplocarida, Eucaridae (Part 1). Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing.

Davie, P. J. F. (2002b). Crustacea: Malacostraca:Eucaridae (Part 2) Decapoda--Anomura, Brachyura. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing.

Davie, P. J. F. and Hooper, J. N. A. (1997). Patterns of biodiversity in the marine invertebrate and fish communities of Moreton Bay. In Moreton Bay and catchment. I. R. Tibbets, Hall, N. J. and Dennison, W. D. Brisbane, University of Queensland Press: 331-346.

Davies, J. M., Addy, J. M., Blackman, R. A., Blanchards, J. R., Ferbrache, J. E., Moore, D. C., Somerville, H. J., Whitehead, A. and Wilkinson, T. (1984). Environmental effects of the use of oil-based drilling muds in the North Sea. Marine Pollution Bulletin 15: 363-370.

Davies, P. (1994). Evolution of the Great Barrier Reef. Australian Geologist 92: 21-24.

Davis, A. R. (1995). Over-exploitation of Pyura chilensis (Ascidiacea) in southern Chile: The urgent need to establish marine reserves. Revista Chilena de Historia Natural 68: 107-116.

Davis, A. R. (1996). Association among ascidians: facilitation of recruitment in Pyura spinifera. Marine Biology 126: 35-41.

Davis, A. R., Butler, A. J. and van Altena, I. (1991). Settlement behaviour of ascidian larvae: preliminary evidence for inhibition by sponge allelochemicals. Marine Ecology Progress Series 72: 117-123.

Davis, A. R., Roberts, D. and Ayre, D. J. (1999). Conservation of sessile marine invertebrates: you do not know what you have got until it is gone. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 325-329.

Davis, A. R., Roberts, D. E. and Cummins, S. P. (1997). Rapid invasion of a sponge-dominated deep-reef by Caulerpa scalpelliformis (Chlorophyta) in Botany Bay, New South Wales. Australian Journal of Ecology 22: 146-150.

Davis, D. and Tisdell, C. (1996). Economic management of recreational scuba diving and the environment. Journal of Environmental Management 48: 229-248.

Davis, G. E. and Dodrill, J. W. (1980). Marine parks and sanctuaries for spiny lobster fisheries management. Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries Institute 32: 194-207.

Davis, G. E. and Dodrill, J. W. (1989). Recreational fishery and population dynamics of spiny lobsters, Panulirus argus, in Florida Bay, Everglades National Park, 1977-1980. Bulletin of Marine Science 44: 78-88.

Davis, G. E., Haaker, P. L. and Richards, D. V. (1998). The perilous condition of white abalone Haliotis sorenseni, Bartsch, 1940. Journal of Shellfish Research 17: 871-875.

Davis, L. V. and Moss, D. (1984). Spartina and waders - the Dyfi estuary. In Spartina anglica in Great Britain. P. Doody. Attingham Park, Nature Conservation Council: 37-40.

Day, J., Fernandes, L., Barnett, B., Slegers, S., Kerrigan, B., Breen, D., De'ath, G., Lewis, A., Innes, J. and Oliver, J. (in press). The representative areas program-protecting the biodiversity of the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area. Proceedings of the 9th International Coral Reef Symposium, Bali, Indonesia. Bali.

Day, J. H. (1967). A monograph on the Polychaeta of Southern Africa. 2 volumes. London, Trustees of the British Museum (Natural History).

Day, J. H. (1981). Estuarine ecology, with particular reference to southern Africa. Rotterdam, Balkema.

Day, J. H. and Hutchings, P. A. A. (1979). An annotated checklist of Australian and New Zealand Polychaeta, Archiannelida and Myzostomidae. Records of the Australian Museum 32: 80-161.

Day, J. H. and Hutchings, P. A. A. (1984). An annotated list of the fauna and flora of Merimbula and Pambula Lake NSW. Australian Zoologist 21: 263-289.

Day, J. W. J., Hall, C. A. S., Kemp, W. M. and Ya-ez-Arancibia, A. (1989). Estuarine ecology. New York, John Wiley.

Dayton, P. K. (1971). Competition, disturbance and community organisation: the provision and subsequent utilization of space in a rocky intertidal community. Ecological Monographs 41: 351-389.

Dayton, P. K. (1985). The ecology of kelp communities. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 16: 215-245.

Dayton, P. K. (1990). Polar benthos. In Polar oceanography. Part B: chemistry, biology and geology. W. O. Smith. London, Academic Press: 631-685.

Dayton, P. K. and Hessler, R. R. (1972). Role of biological disturbance in maintaining diversity in the deep sea. Deep-Sea Research 19: 199-208.

Dayton, P. K., Tegner, M. J., Edwards, P. B. and Riser, K. L. (1998). Sliding baselines, ghosts, and reduced expectations in kelp forest communities. Ecological Applications 8: 309-322.

Dayton, P. K., Thrush, S. F., Agardy, M. T. and Hofman, R. J. (1995). Environmental effects of marine fishing. Aquatic Conservation: Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems 5: 205-232.

De Vantier, L. M., Turak, E., Done, T. J. and Davidson, J. (1996). The effects of cyclone Sadie on coral communities of nearshore reefs in the central Great Barrier Reef, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority Workshop Series.

Deas, W. and Domm, S. (1976). Corals of the Great Barrier Reef. Sydney, Ure Smith.

Deeley, D. M. and Paling, E. I. (1999). Assessing the ecological health of estuaries in Australia. National River Health Program, Urban Sub Program, Report No 10, LWRRDC Occasional Paper 17/99. Canberra, Land and Water Resources Research and Development Corporation.

Deibel, D. (1998). The abundance, distribution and ecological impact of doliolids. In The biology of pelagic tunicates. Q. Bone. Oxford, Oxford University Press: 171-186.

Dell, R. K. (1964). Marine Mollusca of Macquarie and Heard Islands. Records of the Dominion Museum 4: 267-301.

Dell, R. K. (1972). Antarctic benthos. Advances in Marine Biology 10: 1-216.

Dell, R. K. (1990). Antarctic Mollusca with special reference to the fauna of the Ross Sea. Royal Society of New Zealand 27: 1-311.

Dennison, W. C., Orth, R. J., Moore, K. A., Stevenson, J. C., Carter, V., Kollar, S., Bergstrom, P. W. and Batiuk, R. A. (1993). Assessing water quality with submerged vegetation: habitat requirements as barometers of Chesapeake Bay health. BioScience 42: 86-94.

Denton, G. R. W., and Heitz, L.F (1990). Tridacna: Sentinels of heavy metal pollution in Torres Strait Waters. D. L. a. T. C. -Smith, Ed. Sustainable Development for Traditional Inhabitants of the Torres Strait Region. 311-332. Cairns, QLd, GBRMPA.

Dexter, D. M. (1984). Temporal and spatial variability in the community structure of the fauna of four sandy beaches in south-eastern New South Wales. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 35: 663-672.

Dexter, D. M. (1985). Distribution and Life Histories of Abundant Crustaceans of 4 Sandy Beaches of Southeastern New-South-Wales Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 36: 281-290.

Dexter, D. M. (1992). Sandy beach community structure: the role of exposure and latitude. Journal of Biogeography 19: 59-66.

di Castri, F. and Younčs, T. (1990). Ecosystem function of biological diversity, Biology International, Special Issue. 22: 1-20.

Dight, I. J. (1991). The Torres Strait Baseline Study scientific programme -  assessing the impacts of heavy metals in a physically complex and biologically diverse tropical marine system. D. Lawrence and Cransfield-Smith, T., Eds. Proceedings of the Torres Strait Baseline Study Conference. Sustainable Development for Traditional Inhabitants of the Torres Strait region. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.

Dight, I. J. and Gladstone, W. (1994). Torres Strait Baseline Study. Final report of the pilot study. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.

Disney, R. H. L. (1986). Assessments using invertebrates: posing the problem. In Wildlife Conservation Evaluation. M. B. Usher. London, Chapman and Hall: 271-293.

DIVERSITAS (2000). DIVERSITAS Systematics Programme. Operational Plan for DIVERSITAS Programme Element 3: Systematics: Inventorying and Classification of Biodiversity. Report of the Meeting held 12-13 October 1997, Hersonissos, Crete. http://www.icsu.org/DIVERSITAS/Plan/agenda2000.html, DIVERSITAS Secretariat.

Dixon, J. A., Fallon Scura, L. and van't Hof, T. (1993). Meeting ecological and economic goals: marine parks in the Caribbean. Ambio 22: 117-125.

Dixon, N. (1994). Protection of endangered species: how will Australia cope? Environmental and Planning Law Journal February 1994: 6-30.

DNRE (1997). Victoria's biodiversity: directions in management. East Melbourne, Department of Natural Resources and Environment (Victoria). 149.

DNRE (2000). Background to threatened species lists. http://www.nre.vic.gov.au/web/root/domino/

cm_da/nrenpa.nsf/frameset/NRE+Plants+and+Animals?OpenDocumentand[/web/root/domino/cm_da/

NRECPA.nsf/3d08e37a810f38b94a256789000ee6bb/109fbc0c3b6b8a914a25688f000957d4?

OpenDocument], Department of Natural Resources and Environment, Victoria.

DOE (1990). Dynamics of the continental margins. Washington, DC, US Department of Energy, Ecological Research Division, Office of Energy Resources.

Doeg, T. (1999). Victoria: Victorian Flora and Fauna Guarantee Act 1988, Fisheries Management Act 1994 (In Appendix 1 in Hutchings, P. A. and Ponder, W. F., Workshop: criteria for assessing and conserving threatened invertebrates). In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 310-311.

Done, T. J. (1997). Decadal changes in reef-building communities: implications for reef growth and monitoring programs. H. A. Lessios and MacIntyre, I. G., Eds. Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium (Vol. 1). 411-416, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute.

Done, T. J., Williams, D. M., Speare, P. J., Turak, E., Davidson, J., DeVantier, L. M., Newman, S. J. and Hutchins, J. B. (1994). Surveys of coral and fish communities at Scott Reefs and Rowley Shoals, Australian Institute of Marine Sciences. 46 + appendices.

Donohue, K. (1998). Western rock lobster management - options and issues, Fisheries Management Paper. Fisheries Department of Western Australia, 123. 68.

Donohue, K. (2000). Western rock lobster management for seasons 2001/2002 and 2002/2003, Fisheries Management Paper. Fisheries Department of Western Australia, 143. 1-9.

Donohue, K. and Barker, E. (2000). Information on quota management of rock lobster fisheries in South Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand, Fisheries Management Paper. Fisheries Department of Western Australia, 138.

Dovey, L. (1999). Commonwealth: Endangered Species Protection Act 1992 (In Appendix 1 in Hutchings, P. A. and Ponder, W. F., Workshop: criteria for assessing and conserving threatened invertebrates). In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 308.

DPIWE (1998). Draft Policy document and draft fisheries management plan for the Tasmanian Giant Crab fishery. Tasmania, Department of Primary Industries, Water and Environment.

DPIWE (1999). Scallop aquaculture. http://www.dpif.tas.gov.au/4a2564dc000e8f75/

65cc7bcd0c35212e4a2564b20027ef3c/519f1cadd955c37b4a25677600212ea4?Open

Document, Department of Primary Industries, Water and Environment, Tasmania.

DPWH (1991). Macquarie Island Nature Reserve Management Plan 1991. Tasmania, Department of Parks, Wildlife and Heritage. 57.

Dredge, M. C. L. (1988). Recruitment overfishing in a tropical scallop fishery? Journal of Shellfish Research 7: 233-239.

Driml, S. and Common, M. (1995). Economic and financial benefits of tourism in major protected areas. Australian Journal of Environmental Management 2: 19-29.

Driscoll, D. (1999). Queensland: Nature Conservation Act 1992 (In Appendix 1 in Hutchings, P. A. and Ponder, W. F., Workshop: criteria for assessing and conserving threatened invertebrates). In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 311.

DTRS (2000a). Norfolk Island - general information. http://www.dotrs.gov.au/terr/norfolk/general.htm, Department of Transport and Regional Services, Commonwealth of Australia.

DTRS (2000b). Christmas Island - general information. http://www.dotrs.gov.au/terr/xmas/index.htm, Department of Transport and Regional Services, Commonwealth of Australia.

Duarte, C. (2000). Marine biodiversity and ecosystem services: an elusive link. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 250: 117-131.

Dubinsky, Z., Ed. (1990). Coral reefs. Amsterdam, Elsevier.

Duke, N. C., Burns, K. A. and Dalhaus, O. (1998). Effects of oils and dispersed-oils on mangrove seedlings in planthouse experiments: a preliminary assessment of results two months after oil treatment. APPEA Journal 1998: 631-636.

Duke, N. C., Burns, K. A., Swannell, R. P. J., Dalhaus, O. and Rupp, R. J. (2000). Dispersant use and bioremediation strategy as alternate means of reducing impacts of large oil spills in mangroves. Marine Pollution Bulletin 41: 403-412.

Dunlop, W. C., Shick, J. M. and Yamamoto, Y. (1999). Sunscreens, oxidative stress and antioxidant functions in marine organisms of the Great Barrier Reef. Redox Report 4: 301-306.

Dunne, T. (1979). Sediment yield and land use in tropical catchments. Journal of Hydrology 42: 281–300.

Dunning, M. C. and Lu, C. C. (1998). Order Teuthoidea. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 515-542.

Dustan, P., Dobson, E. and Nelson, G. (2001). Landstat Thematic Mapper: Detection of shifts in community composition of coral reefs. Conservation Biology 15: 892-902.

Dye, A. H., Branch, D. M., Castilla, J. C. and Bennett, B. A. (1994). Biological options for the management of the exploitation of intertidal and subtidal resources. In Rocky shores: exploitation in Chile and South Africa. W. R. Siegfried. Berlin; New York, Spinger-Verlag: 131-154.

EA (2001a). Draft Management Plan for Lord Howe Island Marine Park (Commonwealth Waters), Environment Australia. 1-66.

EA (2001b). A Planning Issue Paper for the Lord Howe Island Marine Park (State and Commonwealth Waters), Environment Australia. 1-123.

Eakin, C. M., McManus, J. W., Spalding, M. D. and Jameson, S. C. (1997). Coral reef status around the world: where are we and where do we go from here? H. A. Lessios and MacIntyre, I. G., Eds. Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium (Vol. ). 277-282, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute.

Earle, S. A. (1991). Sharks, squids, and horseshoe crabs - the significance of marine biodiversity. BioScience 41: 506-509.

Eayers et al (1997). Recent advancements in environmentally friendly trawl gear research in Australia. In Developing and Sustaining World Fisheries Resources: The State of Science and Management. D. A. Hancock. 537-543.

Ecologically Sustainable Development Working Group (1991). Final report - tourism. Canberra, AGPS.

Edgar, G. J. (1983). The ecology of south-east Tasmanian phytal animal communities. 1. Spatial organization on a local scale. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 70: 129–157.

Edgar, G. J. (1997). Australian marine life. The plants and animals of temperate waters. Kew, Victoria, Reed Books.

Edgar, G. J. and Barrett, N. S. (1999). Effects of the declaration of marine reserves on Tasmanian reef fishes, invertebrates and plants. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 242: 107-144.

Edgar, G. J. and Barrett, N. S. (2000). Impact of the Iron Baron oil spill on subtidal reef assemblages in Tasmania. Marine Pollution Bulletin 40: 36-49.

Edgar, G. J., Barrett, N. S., Graddon, D. J. and Last, P. R. (2000). The conservation significance of estuaries: A classification of Tasmanian estuaries using ecological, physical and demographic attributes as a case study. Biological Conservation 92: 383-397.

Edgar, G. J., Barrett, N. S. and Last, P. R. (1999). The distribution of macroinvertebrates and fishes in Tasmanian estuaries. Journal of Biogeography 26.

Edgar, G. J. and Burton, H. R. (2000). The biogeography of shallow-water macrofauna at Heard Island. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 133: 23-26.

Edgar, G. J. and Gresswell, G. R. (1991). Seasonal changes in hydrology and the distribution of plankton in the Bathurst Harbour Estuary southwestern Tasmania 1988-1989. Papers and Proceedings Royal Society of Tasmania 125: 61-72.

Edgar, G. J., Jones, G. P., Kaly, U. L., Hammond, L. S. and Wilson, B. R. (1991). Endangered species: threats and threatening processes in the marine environment. Canberra, Australian Marine Science Association Issues Paper, prepared for the Department of Arts, Sport, Environment, Tourism and Territories. 19 p.

Edgar, G. J., Moverley, J., Barrett, N. S., Peters, D. and Reed, C. (1997). The conservation-related benefits of a systematic marine biological sampling programme: The Tasmanian reef bioregionalisation as a case study. Biological Conservation 79: 227-240.

Edgar, G. J., Moverley, J., Peters, D. and Reed, C. (1995). Regional classification of Tasmanian coastal waters and preliminary identification of representative Marine Protected Area sites. Hobart, Tasmania, Report to Australian Nature Conservation Agency, Parks and Wildlife Service, Department of Environment and Land Management.

Edinger, E. N. and Risk, M. J. (2000). Reef classification by coral morphology predicts coral reef conservation value. Biological Conservation 92: 1-13.

Edmonds, C. (1989). Dangerous marine creatures. Frenchs Forest, Reed.

Edmonds, S. J. (1980). A revision of the systematics of Australian sipunculans (Sipuncula). Records of the South Australian Museum 18: 1-74.

Edmonds, S. J. (1982a). Sipunculans (Phylum Sipuncula). In Marine Invertebrates of Southern Australia. Part 1. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M. Adelaide, Government Printer: 299-311.

Edmonds, S. J. (1982b). Echiurans (Phylum Echiura). In Marine Invertebrates of Southern Australia. Part 1. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M. Adelaide, Government Printer: 312-318.

Edmonds, S. J. (1987). Echiurans from Australia (Echiura). Records of the South Australian Museum 32: 119-138.

Edmonds, S. J. (2000a). Phylum Echiura. In Polychaetes and allies: the southern synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 4A Polychaeta, Myzostomida, Pogonophora, Echiura, Sipuncula. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Glasby, C. J. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 353-374.

Edmonds, S. J. (2000b). Phylum Sipuncula. In Polychaetes and allies: the southern synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 4A Polychaeta, Myzostomida, Pogonophora, Echiura, Sipuncula. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Glasby, C. J. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 375-400.

EDO (1999). Commonwealth Environment Protection and Biodiversity Bill. Environmental Defenders Office Newsletter March 1999.

Edwards, A. J. and Clark, S. (1998). Coral transplantation: a useful management tool or misguided meddling? Marine Pollution Bulletin 37: 474-487.

Edwards, D. D., McFeters, G. A. and Venkatesan, M. I. (1998). Distribution of Clostridium perfringens and faecal sterols in a benthic coastal marine environment influenced by the sewage outfall from McMurdo Station, Antarctica. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 64: 2596-2600.

Edyvane, K. (1996). The role of Marine Protected Areas in temperate ecosystem management. R. Thackway, Ed. Developing Australia’s representative system of Marine Protected Areas. Criteria and guidelines for identification and selection. Workshop held at South Australian Aquatic Sciences Centre. 53-67. Adelaide, 22-23 April 1996, Commonwealth of Australia.

Edyvane, K. (1998). Conserving marine biodiversity in South Australia. Part 1: Marine protected area and biodiversity management in SA - review and planning framework for a Representative System of Marine Protected Areas, Final report by PIRSA for Environment Australia, Project OR52.

Edyvane, K. and Baker, J. (1995). The South Australia regionalisation project. J. Muldoon, Ed. Towards a marine regionalisation for Australia. 121-140. Sydney, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.

Edyvane, K. S. and Baker, J. L. (1996a). Marine benthic survey of the St Francis Isles and Investigator Isles, South Australia, Progress Report to Australian Heritage Commission by the South Australian Research and Development Institute. 11 p.

Eernisse, D. J., Albert, J. S. and Anderson, F. E. (1992). Annelida and Arthropoda are not sister taxa: a phylogenetic analysis of spiralian metazoan morphology. Systematic Biology 41: 305-330.

Eggleston, D. B., Elis, W. E., Etherington, L. L., Dahlgren, P. and Posey, M. H. (1999). Organism responses to habitat fragmentation and diversity: Habitat colonization by estuarine macrofauna. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 236: 107-132.

Ehrenfield, D. W. (1988). Why put a value on biodiversity? In Biodiversity. E. O. Wilson and Peters, F. M. Washington, National Academy Press: 212-226.

Ehrlich, P. R. (1992). Population biology of checkerspot butterflies and the preservation of global biodiversity. OIKOS 63: 6-12.

Ellis, D. V. and Pattisina, L. A. (1990). Widespread neogastropod imposex: a biological indicator of global TBT contamination? Marine Pollution Bulletin 21: 248-253.

Ellis, W. N. (1998). Cryptobiota conservation: The protection of the unknown. Entomologische Berichten (Amsterdam) 58: 105-112.

Elmgren, R. and Hill, C. (1997). Ecosystem function at low biodiversity - the Baltic example. In Marine biodiversity: patterns and processes. R. F. G. Ormond, Gage, J. D. and Angel, M. V. Cambridge, U.K., Cambridge University Press: 319-336.

Elton, C. S. (1958). The ecology of invasions by animals and plants. London, Chapman and Hall.

Emig, C. C., Boesch, D. F. and Rainer, S. (1977). Phoronida from Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 30: 455-474.

Emig, C. C. and Roldán, C. (1992). The occurrence in Australia of three species of Phoronida (Lophophorata) and their distribution in the Pacific area. Records of the South Australian Museum 26: 1-8.

Endean, R. (1977). Acanthaster planci infestations of reefs of the Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Volume 1. 185-191. Miami.

Engel, D. W. and Thayer, G. W. (1998). Effects of habitat alteration on blue crabs. Journal of Shellfish Research 17: 579-585.

Engel, J. and Kvitek, R. (1998). Effects of otter trawling on a benthic community in Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary. Conservation Biology 12: 1204-1214.

Engelhardt, U., Hartcher, M., Cruise, J., Engelhardt, D., Russell, M., Taylor, N., Thomas, G. and Wiseman, D. (2000). Fine-scale surveys of Crown-of-Thorns Starfish. Reef Research 10: 29-32.

Environment Australia (1996a). The Coral Sea Plateau. http://www.anca.gov.au/protecte/anca/coralsea.htm, Environment Australia - Biodiversity Group.

Environment Australia (1996b). A diversity of marine life. http://www.biodiversity.environment.gov.au/protecte/anca/coralmar.htm, Environment Australia - Biodiversity Group.

Environment Australia Marine Group (2000). Tasmanian Seamounts Marine Reserve. http://www.environment.gov.au/marine/marine_protected/seamounts/main.html.

Erlich, P. R. and Erlich, A. H. (1981). Extinction. The causes and consequences of the disappearance of species. New York, Random House.

Erséus, C. (1990a). Marine Tubificidae (Oligochaeta) of Victoria, Australia, with descriptions of six new species. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50: 275-285.

Erséus, C. (1990b). The marine Tubificidae and Naididae (Oligochaeta) of south-western Australia. F. E. Wells, Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. Third International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Albany, Western Australia. 43-88. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Erséus, C. (1993). The marine Tubificidae (Oligochaeta) of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. F. E. Wells, Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. Fifth International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. 331-390. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Erséus, C. (1997). The marine Tubificidae (Oligochaeta) of Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory, Australia, with descriptions of fifteen new species. J. Hanley and Russell, J., Eds. Proceedings of the Sixth International Marine Biological Workshop. The marine flora and fauna of Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory. 99-132. Darwin, Beagle.

Erwin, D. H. (1989). The end-Permian mass extinction: what really happened and what did it matter? Trends in Ecology and Evolution 4: 225-229.

Erzinçlioglu (1990). Spare a thought for the invertebrates. New Scientist. 127: 48.

Estes, J. A. and Peterson, C. H. (2000). Marine ecological research in seashore and seafloor systems: accomplishments and future directions. Marine Ecology Progress Series 195: 281-289.

Evans, S. M. (1999). Tributyltin pollution: the catastrophe that never happened. Marine Pollution Bulletin 38: 8.

Evans, S. M., Leksono, T. and McKinnell, P. D. (1995). Tributyltin pollution: a diminishing problem following legislation limiting the use of TBT-based anti-fouling paints. Marine Pollution Bulletin 30: 14-21.

Everett, R. A., Ruiz, G. M. and Carlton, J. T. (1995). Effects of oyster mariculture on submerged aquatic vegetation: an experimental test in a Pacific Northwest estuary. Marine Ecology Progress Series 125: 205-217.

Everitt, D. A., Poore, G. C. B. and Pickard, J. (1980). Marine benthos from Davis Station, Eastern Antarctica. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 31: 829-836.

Everson, I. and de la Mare, W. K. (1996). Some thoughts on precautionary measures for the krill fishery. CCAMLR Science 3: 1-11.

Fabricius, K. E. (1996). Ecosystem recovery after episodic disturbance: Resilience of some coral reefs after Acanthaster outbreaks. Senckenbergiana Maritima 27: 227-235.

Fabricius, K. E. (1997). Soft coral abundance on the central Great Barrier Reef: Effects of Acanthaster planci, space availability, and aspects of the physical environment. Coral Reefs 16: 159-167.

Fabricius, K. E. (1999). Tissue loss and mortality in soft corals following mass-bleaching. Coral Reefs 18: 54.

Fabricius, K. E. and Alderslade, P. (2001). Soft Corals and Sea Fans. Townsville, Australian Institute of Marine Science.

Fabricius, K. E. and De'ath, G. (2001). Biodiversity on the Great Barrier Reef: Large-scale patterns and turbidity-related local loss of soft coral taxa. In Oceanographic processes of coral reefs: physical and biological links in the Great Barrier Reef. E. Wolanski. London, CRC Press: 127-144.

Fabricius, K. E. and Kelley, R. (1999). Effects of trawling on the Great Barrier Reef. Environmental impacts of a still expanding industry on the Great Barrier Reef, July 1999. 21-23. Special Session, ACRS Conference Sept 99, ACRS Newsletter Autumn Newsletter.

Fairweather, P. G. (1985). Differential predation on alternative prey and the survival of rocky intertidal organisms in New South Wales. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 109: 135-156.

Fairweather, P. G. (1987). Experiments on the interaction between predation and the availability of different prey on rocky seashores. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 114: 261-274.

Fairweather, P. G. (1990). Ecological changes due to our use of the coast: research needs vs effort. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia 16: 71-77.

Fairweather, P. G. (1991). A conceptual framework for ecological studies of coastal resources: an example of a tunicate collected for bait on Australian seashores. Ocean and Shoreline Management 15: 125-142.

Fairweather, P. G. (1999). Determining the 'health' of estuaries: priorities for ecological research. Australian Journal of Ecology 24: 441-451.

Fairweather, P. G. and Lincoln Smith, M. P. (1993). The difficulty of assessing environmental impacts before they have occurred:  a perspective from Australia from Australian consultants. In Proceedings of the 2nd International Temperate Reef Symposium. C. N. Battershill, Schiel, D. R., Jones, G. P., Creese, R. G. and MacDiarmid, A. B. Wellington, NIWA Marine: 121-130.

Fairweather, P. G. and Quinn, G. P. (1995). Marine ecosystems: hard and soft shores. In State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia. Technical Annex 1: The Marine Environment. L. P. Zann and Kailola, P. Canberra, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of Environment, Sport and Territories.

Faith, D. P., Nix, H. A., Margules, C. R., Hutchinson, M. F., Walker, P. A., West, J., Stein, J. L., Kesteven, J. L., Allison, A. and Natera, G. (2001). The BioRap Biodiversity Assessment and Planning Study for Papua New Guinea. Pacific Conservation Biology 6: 279-88.

Fang, L. S., Liao, C. W. and Liu, M. C. (1995). Pigment composition in different-coloured scleractinian corals before and during the bleaching process. Zoological Studies 34: 10-17.

FAO Fisheries Department (1997). Review of the state of world aquaculture. Rome, FAO Inland Water Resources and Aquaculture Service, Fishery Resources Division, FAO Fisheries Circular. No. 886, Rev.1. 163 pp.

Faubel, A., Blome, D. and Cannon, L. R. G. (1994). Sandy beach meiofauna of eastern Australia (southern Queensland and New South Wales).1. Introduction and Macrostomida (Platyhelminthes). Invertebrate Taxonomy 8: 989-1007.

Fenaux, R. (1998). Anatomy and functional morphology of the Appendicularia. In The biology of pelagic tunicates. Q. Bone. Oxford, Oxford University Press: 25-34.

Fenton, G. E. (1985). Ecology and taxonomy of mysids. Unpublished PhD thesis. Hobart, University of Tasmania.

Fernandes, L., Ridgely, M. A. and van't Hof, T. (1999). Multiple criteria analysis integrates economic, ecological and social objectives for coral reef managers. Coral Reefs 18: 393-402.

Fien, G., Gentle, T. and Hooy, T. (1999). Protecting Australia's marine and coastal environments: the role and achievements of the Australian Nature Conservation Agency. Originally published in Biodiversity - Broadening the Debate 2: 24-55 (1994) ,: Australian Nature Conservation Agency (website).

Fioroni, P., Oehlmann, J. and Stroeben, E. (1991). The pseudohermaphroditism of prosobranchs: morphological aspects. Zoologischer Anzeiger 226: 1-26.

Fisk, D. A. and Done, T. J. (1985). Taxonomic and bathymetric patterns of bleaching in corals, Myrmidon Reef (Queensland). Proceedings of the 5th International Coral Reef Congress 6: 149-154.

Fisk, D. A. and Harriot, V. J. (1989). The effects of increasing sedimentation on the recruitment and population dynamics of juvenile corals at Cape Tribulation, North Queensland. GBRMPA Technical Memorandum. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.

Fitt, W. K., Brown, B. E., Warner, M. E. and Dunne, R. P. (2001). Coral bleaching: interpretation of thermal tolerance limits and thermal thresholds in tropical corals. Coral Reefs 20: 51-65.

Fitt, W. K. and Warner, M. E. (1995). Bleaching patterns of four species of Caribbean reef corals. Biological Bulletin 189: 298-307.

Fitter, R. (1986). Wildlife for man: how and why we should conserve our species. London, Collins.

Fitzpatrick, J. and Kirkman, H. (1995). Effects of prolonged shading stress on growth and survival of seagrass, Posidonia australis, in Jervis Bay, New South Wales, Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series 127: 279-289.

Flaherty, T. (1999). Reflections on Valdez: ten years later. WAVES 6: 9.

Floerl, O. (2001). Loopholes for marine invaders. WAVES 8: 1-2.

Folke, C., Kautsky, N., Berg, H., Jansson, Ĺ. and Troell, M. (1998). The ecological footprint concept for sustainable seafood production: a review. Ecological Applications 8: S63-S71.

Fong, T. C. W. (1999). The relationship between seagrass canopy, detritus accumulation and amphipod abundance in Thomson Bay, Rottnest Island. In The seagrass flora and Fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. D. I. Walker and Wells, F. E. Perth, Western Australian Museum: 247-253.

Forbes, A. T., Demetriades, N. T., Benzie, J. A. H. and Ballment, E. (1999). Allozyme frequencies indicate little geographic variation among stocks of giant tiger prawn Penaeus monodon in the South-West Indian Ocean. South African Journal of Marine Science 21: 271-277.

France, R. and Rigg, C. (1998). Examination of the 'founder effect' in biodiversity research: Patterns and imbalances in the published literature. Diversity and Distributions 4: 77-86.

Frances, J., Gibbs, P., Read, A. and O'Connor, P. (2001). Identification of candidate sites for estuarine aquatic reserves in the Hawkesbury shelf and Batemans shelf bioregions, NSW Fisheries Office of Conservation for Environment Australia.

Frankel, E. (1977). Previous Acanthaster aggregations in the Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium 1: 201-208.

Frankel, E. (1978). Evidence from the Great Barrier Reef of ancient Acanthaster aggregations. Atoll Research Bulletin 220: 75-93.

Franklin, J. F. (1992). Preserving biodiversity: species, ecosystems or landscapes? Ecological Applications 3: 202-205.

Freese, L., Auster, P. J., Heifetz, J. and Wing, B. L. (1999). Effects of trawling on seafloor habitat and associated invertebrate taxa in the Gulf of Alaska. Marine Ecology Progress Series 182: 119-126.

Fretter, V. and Graham, A. (1962). British prosobranch molluscs. Their functional anatomy and ecology. London, Ray Society.

Frid, C. L. J., Clark, R. A. and Hall, J. A. (1999). Long-term changes in the benthos on a heavily fished ground off the NE coast of England. Marine Ecology Progress Series 188: 13-20.

Fromont, J. (1998). Revision of the marine sponge genus Caulospongia Saville Kent, 1871 (Demospomgiae: Hadromerida) Part 1- Morphological and skeletal characters. Records of the Western Australian Museum 19: 65-89.

Fromont, J. (1999). Demosponges of the Houtman Abrohlos. Proceedings of the 5th International Sponge Symposium: Origin and Outlook, 44. 185-192, Memoirs of the Queensland Museum.

Fromont, J. and Garson, M. (1999). Sponge bleaching on the west and east coasts of Australia. Coral Reefs 18: 340.

Frouin, P. (2000). Effects of anthropogenic disturbances of tropical soft-bottom benthic communities. Marine Ecology Progress Series 194: 39-53.

Frusher, S. D., Kennedy, R. B. and Gibson, I. D. (1997). Precision of exploitation-rate estimates in the Tasmanian rock-lobster fishery based on change-in-ratio techniques. Marine and Freshwater Research 48: 1069-1074.

Frusher, S. D., Kennedy, R. B. and Gibson, I. D. (1998). Preliminary estimates of exploitation rates in the Tasmanian rock lobster (Jasus edwardsii) fishery using the change-in-ratio and index-removal techniques with tag-racapture data. G. S. Jamieson and Campbell, A., Eds. Proceedings of the North Pacific Symposium on Invertebrate Stock Assessment and Management, 125. 63-71.

Fry, I. and Robinson, M. (1986). The threatened invertebrates. In A threatened species conservation strategy for Australia. Policies for the future. M. Kennedy and Burton, R. Manly, NSW, Ecofund Australia: 14-17.

Fuentes, H. R. (1994). Population and biology of the commercial scallop (Pecten fumatus) in Jervis Bay, NSW. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 36: 247-259.

Fuentes, H. R., Williams, R. J., Diver, L. P. and Smith, A. K. (1992). Project 6: Commercial molluscs of Jervis Bay. Final report to the Department of Defence in the Jervis Bay Marine Ecology Study. Cronulla, Fisheries Research Institute, NSW Fisheries. 320 pages.

Fuerst, J. A., Webb, R. I., Garson, M. J., Hardy, L. and Reiswig, H. M. (1999). Membrane-bounded nuclear bodies in a diverse range of microbial symbionts of Great Barrier Reef sponges. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 44: 193-204.

Fuhrman, J. A. (1999). Marine viruses and their biogeochemical and ecological effects. Nature 399: 541-548.

Fukuda, H., Asami, T., Yamashita, H., Sato, M., Hori, S. and Nakamura, Y. (2000). Marine molluscan and brachiopod fauna of Tanoura, Nagashima Island, Kaminoseki-chô, Yamaguchi Prefecture, Japan. The Yuriyagai: Journal of the Malacozoological Association of Yamaguchi 7: 115-196.

Furlani, D. M. (1996). A guide to the introduced marine species in Australian waters. Hobart, CRIMP Technical Report, 5.

Gabric, A. J. and Bell, P. R. F. (1993). Review of the effects of non-point nutrient loading on coastal ecosystems. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 44: 261-283.

Gage, J. D. and Tyler, P. A. (1991). Deep-sea biology: a natural history of organisms at the deep-sea floor. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

Gaill, F., Wiedemann, H., Mann, K., Kuhn, K. and Timpl, R. (1991). Molecular characterization of cuticle and interstitial collagens from worms collected at deep sea hydrothermal vents. Journal of Molecular Biology 221: 209-223.

Galéron, J., Herman, R. L., Arnaud, P. M., Arntz, W. E., Hain, S. and Klages, M. (1992). Macrofaunal communities on the continental shelf and slope of the southeastern Weddell Sea, Antarctica. Polar Biology 12: 283-290.

Galil, B. S. (1994). Lessepsian migration - biological invasion of the Mediterranean. In Introduced species in European coastal waters. C. F. Boudouresque, Briand, F. and Nolan, C. Brussels, ECSC-EC-EAEC: 63-66.

Galloway, R. W. (1982). Distribution and physiographic patterns of Australian mangroves. In Mangroves ecosystems in Australia: structure, function and management. B. F. Clough. Canberra, ANU Press: 31-54.

Garnham, J. (1998). Distribution and impact of Asterias amurensis in Victoria, CRIMP Technical Report. 18-21.

Garrabou, J., Sala, E., Arcas, A. and Zabala, M. (1998). The impact of diving on rocky sublittoral communities: a case study of a bryozoan population. Conservation Biology 12: 302-312.

Gaston, K. J. (1994). Rarity. London, Chapman and Hall.

Gates, R. D., Baghdasarian, G. and Muscatine, L. (1992). Temperature stress causes host cell detachment in symbiotic cnidarians: implications for coral bleaching. Biological Bulletin 182: 324-332.

Gaughan, D. J. and C., P. I. (1994). Relative abundance and seasonal changes in the macrozooplankton of the lower Swan Estuary in south-western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 16: 461-474.

Gaughan, D. J. and Fletcher, W. J. (1997). Effects of the Leeuwin current on the distribution of carnivorous macrozooplankton in the shelf waters off southern Western Australia. Estuarine Coastal and Shelf Science 45: 89-97.

Gaylord, B. and Gaines, S. D. (2000). Temperature or Transport? Range Limits in Marine Species Mediated Solely by Flow. The American Naturalist 155: 769-789.

GBRMPA (1998). A guide to the Cairns Area Plan of Management, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. 17.

GBRMPA (1999). Protecting biodiversity: An overview of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority Representative Areas Program. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. 18.

GBRMPA (2000). Harvest fisheries. http://www.gbrmpa.gov.au/corp_site/key_issues/
fisheries/harvest_fisheries.html, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.

Geiser, D. M., Taylor, J. W., Ritchie, K. B. and Smith, G. W. (1998). Cause of sea fan death in the West Indies. Nature 394: 137 - 138.

Geller, J. B. (1999). Decline of a native mussel masked by sibling species invasion. Conservation Biology 13: 661-664.

Genin, A. (1986). Biomass and body size of oceanic plankton. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 1: 55-56.

Genin, A., Dayton, P. K., Lonsdale, P. F. and Spiess, F. N. (1986). Corals on seamount peaks provide evidence of current acceleration over deep-sea topography. Nature 322: 59-61.

Geomarine Pty. Ltd (1992). Marine aggregate proposal: Coastal processes, Report prepared for Metromix Pty. Ltd. Geomarine report no. 50-002-R10. 3 volumes.

Gerken, S. (2000). The Gynodiastylidae (Crustacea: Cumacea). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 59: 1-276.

GESAMP (1990). The State of the Marine Environment, Rep. Stud. GESAMP (Joint Group of Experts on the Scientific Aspects of Marine Pollution) (IMO/FAO/ UNESCO/ WMO/WHO/ IAEA/ UN/ UNEP), 39. 111p.

GESAMP (1997). Marine biodiversity: patterns, threats and conservation needs, Rep. Stud. GESAMP (Joint Group of Experts on the Scientific Aspects of Marine Environmental Protection). 
(IMO/ FAO/ UNESCO/ WMO/ WHO/ IAEA/ UN/ UNEP), 62. 24p.

Gibbs, P. E., Spencer, B. E. and Pascoe, P. L. (1991). The American oyster drill, Urosalpinx cinerea (Gastropoda): evidence of decline in an imposex-affected population (R. Blackwater, Essex). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 71: 827-838.

Gibson, R. (1979a). Nemerteans of the Great Barrier Reef. 1. Anopla Palaeonemertea. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 65: 305-337.

Gibson, R. (1979b). Nemerteans of the Great Barrier Reef. 2. Anopla Heteronemertea (Baseodiscidae). Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 66: 137-160.

Gibson, R. (1981a). Nemerteans of the Great Barrier Reef. 3. Anopla Heteronemertea (Lineidae). Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 71: 171-235.

Gibson, R. (1981b). Nemerteans of the Great Barrier Reef. 4. Anopla Heternemertea (Valenciniidae). Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 72: 165-174.

Gibson, R. (1982). Nemerteans of the Great Barrier Reef. 5. Enopla Hoplonemertea (Monostilifera). Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 75: 269-296.

Gibson, R. (1983). Nemerteans of the Great Barrier Reef. 6. Enopla Hoplonemertea (Polystilifera). Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 78: 73-104.

Gibson, R. (1990). The macrobenthic nemertean fauna of the Albany region, Western Australia. F. E. Wells, Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. Third International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Albany, Western Australia. 89-194. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Gibson, R. (1993). Phylum Nemertea - ribbon worms. In A coral reef handbook. P. Mather and Bennett, I. Chipping Norton, Surrey Beatty and Sons: 84-87.

Gibson, R. (1995). Nemertean genera and species of the world: an annotated checklist of original names and description citations, synonyms, current taxonomic status, habitats and recorded zoogeographic distribution. Journal of Natural History 29: 271-562.

Gibson, R. (1997). Nemerteans (Phylum Nemertea). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part III. S. A. Shepherd and Davies, M., South Australian Research and Development Institute (Aquatic Sciences) in conjunction with the Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 905-974.

Giere, O. (1993). Meiobenthology: the microscopic fauna from aquatic sediments. Berlin, Springer-Verlang.

Gilbert, M. (in press). Landuse on the Great Barrier Reef catchment: a century of change. Research Publication Series. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.

Gimenez-Dixon, M. (1998). The role of IUCN in international species conservation. Journal of Conchology SPECIAL PUBL: 13-20.

Glanznig, A. (1995). Native vegetation clearance, habitat loss and biodiversity decline. Biodiversity Series Paper No. 6. Canberra, Biodiversity Unit, Department of the Environment, Sport and Territories.

Glasby, C. J. and Alvarez, B. (1999). Distribution patterns and biogeographic analysis of Austral Polychaeta (Annelida). Journal of Biogeography 26: 507-533.

Glasby, C. J., Hutchings, P. A., Fauchald, K., Paxton, H., Rouse, G. W., Watson Russel, C. and Wilson, R. S. (2000a). Class Polychaeta. In Polychaetes and allies: the southern synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 4A Polychaeta, Myzostomida, Pogonophora, Echiura, Sipuncula. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Glasby, C. J. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 1-296.

Glasby, C. J., Hutchings, P. A. and Wilson, R. S. (2000b). Class Polychaeta. Biogeography. In Polychaetes and allies: the southern synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 4A Polychaeta, Myzostomida, Pogonophora, Echiura, Sipuncula. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Glasby, C. J. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 39-43.

Glasby, T. M. (1997). Analysing data from post-impact studies using asymetrical analyses of variance: a case study of epibiota on marinas. Australian Journal of Ecology 22: 448-459.

Glasby, T. M. (2000). Surface composition and orientation interact to affect subtidal epibiota. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 248: 177-190.

Glasby, T. M. and Connell, D. W. (2001). Orientation and position of substrata have large effects on epibiotic assemblages. Marine Ecology Progress Series 214: 127-135.

Glasby, T. M. and Connell, S. D. (1999). Urban structures as marine habitats. Ambio 28: 595-598.

Gleason, D. F. and Wellington, G. M. (1993). Ultraviolet radiation and coral bleaching. Nature 365: 836-838.

Gleason, D. F. and Wellington, G. M. (1995). Variation in UVB sensitivity of planula larvae of the coral Agaricia agaricites along a depth gradient. Marine Biology 123: 693-703.

Glover, E. A. and Taylor, J. D. (1997). Diversity and distribution of subtidal molluscs from the outer continental shelf, Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Western Australia. In The marine fauna and flora of the Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Western Australia. F. E. Wells. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Glover, E. A. and Taylor, J. D. (1999). Diversity and distribution of subtidal macromolluscs around Rottnest Island, Western Australia. In The seagrass flora and Fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. D. I. Walker and Wells, F. E. Perth, Western Australian Museum: 101-119.

Glynn, P. W. (1984). Widespread coral mortality and the 1982-83 El Nińo warming event. Environmental Conservation 11: 133-146.

Glynn, P. W. (1988). El Nino-Southern Oscillation 1982-1983: Nearshore population, community and ecosystem responses. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 19: 309-405.

Glynn, P. W. (1991). Coral reef bleaching in the 1980s and possible connections to global warming. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 6: 175-179.

Glynn, P. W. (1993). Coral reef bleaching: ecological perspectives. Coral Reefs 12: 1-17.

Glynn, P. W. and D'Croz, L. (1990). Experimental evidence for high temperature stress as the cause of El Nino-coincident coral mortality. Coral Reefs 8: 181-191.

Glynn, P. W. and de Weerdt, W. H. (1991). Elimination of two reef-building hydrocorals following the 1982-83 El Nińo warming event. Science 253: 69-71.

Glynn, P. W. and Feingold, J. S. (1992). Hydrocoral species not extinct. Science 257: 1845.

Glynn, P. W., Imai, R., Sakai, K., Nakano, Y. and Yamazato, K. (1992). Experimental responses of Okinawan (Ryukyu Islands, Japan) reef corals to high sea temperature and UV radiation. Proceedings of the 7th International Coral Reef Symposium, 1. 27-37.

Godeaux, J., Bone, Q. and Braconnot, J.-C. (1998). Anatomy of Thaliacea. In The biology of pelagic tunicates. Q. Bone. Oxford, Oxford University Press: 1-24.

Godlewska, M. (1996). Vertical migrations of krill (Euphausia superba Dana). Polskie Archiwum Hydrobiologii 43: 9-63.

Goenaga, C., Vicente, V. and Armstrong, R. (1988). Aposymbiosis in Puerto Rican zooxanthellate cnidarians. In Proceedings, Association of Island Marine Laboratories in the Caribbean, University of Miami. 21.

Gofas, S. (1992). Island-jumping rissoids (Gastropoda: Prosobranchia): the case of the Lusitanian seamounts. F. Giusti and Manganelli, G., Eds. Abstracts of the 11th International Malacology Congress. 302-303. Siena, Italy, University of Siena.

Goldman, B. (1994). Yap State Trochus Marketing Authority: a novel approach to financial management of living natural resources. Marine Pollution Bulletin 29: 99-105.

Gomez, E. D., Alińo, P. M., Yap, H. T. and Licuanan, Y. W. (1994). A review of the status of Philippine reefs. Marine Pollution Bulletin 29: 62-68.

Gordon, D. P. (1999a). Bryozoan diversity in New Zealand and Australia. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 199-204.

Goreau, T. F. (1964). Mass expulsion of zooxanthellae from Jamaican reef communities after hurricane Flora. Science 145: 383-386.

Goreau, T. F., Goreau, N. I. and Goreau, T. J. (1979). Corals and coral reefs. Scientific American 241: 110-120.

Goreau, T. F., McClanahan, T., Hayes, R. and Strong, A. (2000). Conservation of Coral Reefs after the 1998 Global Bleaching Event. Conservation Biology 14: 5-15.

Gorman, T. B. and Johnson, H. T. (1972). Cruise report for cruises 71-17, 71-18, and 71-19. F.R.V. Kapala cruise report no. 517, NSW State Fisheries. 16 pp.

Gorny, M. (1999). On the biogeography and ecology of the Southern Ocean decapod fauna. Scientia Marina 63 (Suppl. 1): 367-382.

Goulay, M. R. and Hacker, J. L. F. (1986). Pioneer River estuary sedimentation studies. Brisbane, Department of Civil Engineering, University of Queensland.

Gould, S. J. (1991). On the loss of a limpet. Natural History. 6/91: 22-27.

Gowlett-Holmes, K. (2001). Polyplacophora. In Zoological Catalogue of Australia. A. H. Wells and Houston, W. W. K. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing. 17.2: 19-84.

Graça, M. A., Newell, S. Y. and Kneib, R. T. (2000). Grazing rates of organic matter and living fungal biomass of decaying Spartina alterniflora by three species of salt-marsh invertebrates. Marine Biology 136: 281-289.

Grannum, K., Murfet, N. B., Ritz, D. A. and Turner, E. (1996). The distribution and impact of the exotic seastar Asteria amurensis (Lütken), in Tasmania. In The introduced Northern Pacific Seastar, Asterias amurensis in Tasmania Canberra, Australian Nature Conservation Agency.

Grasshoff, M. and Verseveldt, J. (1982). Octocorals (Subclass Octocorallia). Introduction. In Marine Invertebrates of Southern Australia. Part 1. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M. Adelaide, Government Printer: 179-183.

Grassle, J. F. (1973). Variety in coral reef communities. In Biology and geology of coral reefs, II. Biology. O. A. Jones and Endean, R. New York, Academic Press: 247-270.

Grassle, J. F. (1986). The ecology of deep-sea hydrothernal vent communities. Advances in Marine Biology 23: 301-362.

Grassle, J. F. (1991). Deep-sea benthic biodiversity. BioScience 41: 464-469.

Grassle, J. F. and Grassle, J. P. (1974). Opportunistic life histories and genetic systems in marine benthic polychaetes. Journal of Marine Research 32: 253-284.

Grassle, J. F. and Maciolek, N. J. (1992). Deep-sea species richness: regional and local diversity estimates from quantitative bottom samples. American Naturalist 139: 313-341.

Gray, F. and Zann, L. (1988). Traditional knowledge of the marine environment in northern Australia. p. 1-171. Townsville, Australia, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. Workshop series No. 8.

Gray, J. S. (1997a). Marine biodiversity: Patterns, threats and conservation needs. Biodiversity and Conservation 6: 153-175.

Gray, J. S. (1997b). Gradients in marine biodiversity. In Marine biodiversity: patterns and processes. R. F. G. Ormond, Gage, J. D. and Angel, M. V. Cambridge, U.K., Cambridge University Press: 18-34.

Green, D. G. (1992). Ecology and conservation. The role of biological collections. Australian Biologist 5: 48-56.

Green, E. and Shirley, F. (1999). The global trade in coral. Cambridge, UK, World Conservation Monitoring Centre. World Conservation Press.

Green, E. P. and Hendry, H. (1999). Is CITES an effective tool for monitoring trade in corals? Coral Reefs 18: 403-407.

Greenslade, P. (1985). Conservation priorities in Tasmanian non-marine invertebrates. Tasmania, Unpublished report, Department of Parks, Wildlife and Heritage.

Greenslade, P. (1989). Checklist of free-living nematodes from Australia, Macquarie Island and Heard Island. Records of the South Australian Museum 23: 7-19.

Greenslade, P. (1999). South Australia: No specific threatened species legislation (In Appendix 1 in Hutchings, P. A. and Ponder, W. F., Workshop: criteria for assessing and conserving threatened invertebrates). In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 312.

Greenwood, J. G. (1980). Composition and seasonal variations of zooplankton populations in Moreton Bay, Queensland, Australia. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 91: 85-103.

Gregory, M. (1998). Pelagic plastics and marine invaders. Aliens 7: 6-7.

Grey, D. L., Dall, W. and Baker, A. (1983). A guide to the Australian penaeid prawns. Darwin, Northern Territory Printing Office.

Gribble, N. A. and Robertson, J. W. A. (1998). Fishing effort in the far northern section cross shelf closure area of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park: The effectiveness of area-closures. Journal of Environmental Management 52: 53-67.

Griffiths, C. L. and Branch, G. M. (1997). The exploitation of coastal invertebrates and seaweeds in South Africa: Historical trends, ecological impacts and implications for management. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 52: 121-148.

Grigg, R. W. (1995). Coral reefs in an urban embayment in Hawaii: A complex case history controlled by natural and anthropogenic stress. Coral Reefs 14: 253-266.

Grigg, R. W. and Dollar, S. J. (1990). Natural and anthropogenic disturbances on coral reefs. In Coral Reefs. Z. Dubinsky. Amsterdam, Elsevier Science: 439-452.

Groombridge, B. (1993). 1994 IUCN red list of threatened animals. Cambridge, UK, Compiled by the World Conservation Monitoring Centre in association with the IUCN Species Survival Commission and BirdLife International.

Gubbay, S., Ed. (1995). Marine Protected Areas: principles and techniques for management. London, Chapman and Hall.

Gupta, R., Sen, S. A. and W., K. T. (1996). PCBs and organochlorine pesticides in krill, birds and water from Antarctica. Deep-Sea Research Part II -Topical Studies in Oceanography 43: 119-126.

Guruswamy, L. D. (1999). The Convention on Biological Diversity: exposing the flawed foundations. Environmental Conservation 26: 79-82.

Gutt, J. (2001). High Latitude Antarctic Benthos: A "Coevolution" of Nature Conservation and Ecosystem Research? Ocean and Polar Research 23: 411-417.

Gutt, J. and Starmans, A. (1998). Structure and biodiversity of megabenthos in the Weddell and Lazarev Seas (Antarctica): ecological role of physical parameters and biological interactions. Polar Biology 20: 229-247.

Guzmán, H. M., Jackson, J. B. C. and Weil, E. (1991). Short-term ecological consequences of a major oil spill on Panamanian subtidal reef corals. Coral Reefs 10: 1-12.

Hacking, N. (1996). Tidal movement of sandy beach macrofauna. Wetlands (Australia) 15: 55-71.

Hacking, N. J. (1998). Macrofaunal community structure of beaches in northern New South Wales, Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research 49: 47-53.

Haemig, P. D. (1990). University ecologists and natural history education in secondary and elementary schools: Cascading effects through linked educational levels. Bulletin of the Ecological Society of America 71: 102-105.

Hagen, H. O. and Jones, D. S. (1989). The fiddler crabs (Ocypodidae: Uca) of Darwin, Northern Territory, Australia. Beagle 6: 55-68.

Hagen, N. T. (1995). Recurrent destructive grazing of successionally mature kelp forests by green sea urchins in Vestfjorden, Northern Norway. Marine Ecology Progress Series 123: 95-106.

Hale, H. M. (1927). The crustaceans of South Australia. Part I. Adelaide, Government Printer.

Hale, H. M. (1929). The crustaceans of South Australia. Part II. Adelaide, Government Printer.

Hall, S. J. (1999). The effects of fishing on marine ecosystems and communities. Oxford, Blackwell Science Ltd.

Hall, S. J. and Harding, M. J. (1997). Physical disturbance and marine benthic communities: The effects of mechanical harvesting of cockles on non-target benthic infauna. Journal of Applied Ecology 34: 497-517.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C. J. (1991). Transport of toxic dinoflagellate cysts via ships' ballast water. Marine Pollution Bulletin 22: 27-30.

Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, J. C., Bryan, J. and Koerbin, B. (1990). Microalgal spores in ships' ballast water: a danger to aquaculture. In Toxic marine phytoplankton. E. Graneli, Sundstrom, B., Edler, L. and Anderson, D. M. Holland, Elsevier: 475-480.

Hallegraeff, G. M., Stefensen, D. A. and Wetherbee, R. (1988). Three estuarine Australian dinoflagellates that can produce paralytic shellfish toxins. Journal of Plankton Research 10: 533-541.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Sumner, C. E. (1986). Toxic plankton blooms affect shellfish farms. Aust. Fish. 45: 15-18.

Hamel, J. F., Conand, C., Pawson, D. L. and Mercier, A. (2001). The sea cucumber Holothuria scabra (Holothuroidae: Echinodermata): Its biology and exploitation as Beche-de -mer. Advances in Marine Biology 41: 131-223.

Hamilton, N. T. M. (1994). Environmental inventory of Victoria's marine ecosystems - Stage 2: a physical classification of Bass Strait waters - pattern analysis of selected attributes together with a review of an existing shore-based classification, An unpublished report to the Land Conservation Council and the Department of Conservation and Natural Resources.

Hammond, L. S. and Synnot, R. N., Eds. (1999). Marine biology. South Melbourne, Addison Wesley Longman Australia.

Hancock, B. (2000). Genetic subdivision of Roe's abalone, Haliotis roei Grey (Mollusca: Gastropoda), in south-western Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research 51: 679-687.

Handmer, J. and Wilder, M., Eds. (1993). Towards a conservation strategy for the Australian Antarctic Territory : the 1993 Fenner Conference on the Environment. Canberra, Centre for Resource and Environmental Studies, Australian National University.

Hanley, J. R. (1993a). Darwin South Stage 1 Environmental Studies, mangrove benthic invertebrate fauna, Marine Ecology Technical Report 93/2.

Hanley, J. R. (1993b). Survey of mangrove molluscs and other invertebrates on tidal creeks in the McArthur River region, Gulf of Carpentaria, Prepared for the McArthur River Mining Pty, Ltd, Marine Ecology Technical Report 93/3.

Hanley, J. R. and Russell, J. (1997). Proceedings of the Sixth International Marine Biological Workshop. The marine flora and fauna of Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory. Darwin, Museum and Art Gallery of the NT.

Hansson, M., Lindegarth, M., Valenyinsson, D. and Ulmestrand, M. (2000). Effects of shrimp-trawling on abundance of benthic macrofauna in Gullmarsfjorden, Sweden. Marine Ecology Progress Series 198: 191-201.

Harriott, V. J. (1985). Reproductive biology of three congeneric sea-cucumber species, Holothuria atra, H. impatiens and H. edulis, at Heron Reef, Great Barrier Reef. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 36: 51-57.

Harriott, V. J. (1999). Coral growth in subtropical eastern Australia. Coral Reefs 18: 281-291.

Harriott, V. J. (2000). The sustainability of Queensland's coral harvest fishery: a discussion paper, Prepared by CRC Reef Research Centre for GBRMPA. 18pp.

Harriott, V. J. and Banks, S. A. (1995). Recruitment of scleractinian corals in the Solitary Islands Marine Reserve, a high latitude coral-dominated community in Eastern Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series 123: 155-161.

Harriott, V. J., Banks, S. A., Mau, R. L., Richardson, D. and Roberts, L. G. (1999). Ecological and conservation significance of the subtidal rocky reef communities of northern New South Wales, Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research 50: 299-306.

Harriott, V. J., Davis, D. and Banks, S. A. (1997). Recreational diving and its impact in marine protected areas in eastern Australia. Ambio 26: 173-179.

Harriott, V. J., Harrison, P. L. and Banks, S. A. (1993). The marine benthic communities of Lord Howe Island. Report for the Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service. Northern Rivers, Centre for Coastal Management, University of New England. 88 p.

Harriott, V. J., Harrison, P. L. and Banks, S. A. (1995). The coral communities of Lord Howe Island. Marine and Freshwater Research 46: 457-465.

Harris, A. and Ward, P. (1999). Non-target Species in Australia's Commonwealth Fisheries: A Critical Review. Canberra, Bureau of Rural Sciences.

Harris, D. C., Joll, L. M. and Watson, R. A. (1999). The Western Australian scallop industry. Fisheries Research Report.: 1-30.

Harris, G., Batley, G., Fox, D., Hall, D., Jernakoff, P., Molloy, R., Murray, A., Newell, B., Parslow, J., Skyring, G. and Walker, S. (1996). Port Phillip Bay Environmental Study Final Report. Canberra, CSIRO Australia.

Harrison, K. and Ellis, J. P. (1991). The genera of the Sphaeromatidae (Crustacea: Isopoda): a key and distribution list. Invertebrate Taxonomy 5: 915-952.

Harrison, P. G. (1977). Decomposition of macrophyte detritus in seawater: effects of grazing by amphipods. OIKOS 28: 165-169.

Harrison, P. L. (1994). The effects of oil pollutants on fertilisation rates in the scleractinian coral Acropora tenuis. Proceedings of the Joint Scientific Conference on Science, Management and Sustainability of Marine Habitats in the 21st Century. Conference Abstracts. 30. Townsville.

Harrison, P. L. (1999). Oil pollutants inhibit fertilisation and larval settlement in the scleractinian reef coral Acropora tenuis from the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Sources, fates and consequences of pollutants in the Great Barrier Reef and Torres Strait, Conference Abstracts. 8-9. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.

Hart, C. W., Manning, R. B. and Iliffe, T. M. (1985). The fauna of Atlantic marine caves: evidence of dispersal by sea floor spreading while maintaining ties to deep waters. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 98: 288-292.

Hart, M. W., Byrne, M. and Smith, M. J. (1997). Molecular phylogenetic analysis of life-history evolution in asterinid starfish. Evolution 51: 1848-1861.

Hartman, W. D. (1982). Porifera. In Synopsis and classification of living organisms. Vol. 1. S. P. Parker. New York, McGraw-Hill: 640-666.

Harty, C. (1997). Mangroves in New South Wales and Victoria: forests of the tidal zone in temperate Australia. St. Kilda, Vic., Vista Publications.

Harvell, C. D., Kim, K., Burkholder, J. M., Colwell, R. R., Epstein, P. R., Grimes, D. J., Hofmann, E. E., Lipp, E. K., Osterhaus, A. D. M. E., Overstreet, R. M., Porter, J. W., Smith, G. W. and Vasta, G. R. (1999). Emerging marine diseases - climate links and anthropogenic factors. Science 285: 1505-1510.

Hatcher, B. G., Johannes, R. E. and Robertson, A. I. (1989). Review of research relevant to the conservation of shallow tropical marine ecosystems. Oceanography and Marine Biology: an Annual Review 27: 337-414.

Hatcher, B. G. and Larkum, A. W. D. (1983). An experimental analysis of factors controlling the standing crop of the epilithic algal community on a coral reef. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 69: 61-84.

Hauxwell, J., Cebráin, J., Furlong, C. and Valiela, I. (2001). Macroalgal canopies contribute to eelgrass (Zostera marina) decline in temperate estuarine ecosystems. Ecology 82: 1007-1022.

Hawkesworth, D. L. and Kalin-Arroyo, M. T. (1995). Magnitude and distribution of biodiversity. In Global biodiversity assessment. V. H. Heywood and Watson, R. T. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press: 107-191.

Hawkesworth, D. L. and Mound, L. A. (1991). Biodiversity databases: the crucial significance of collections. Oxon UK, CAB International.

Hawkins, J. P. and Roberts, C. M. (1997). Estimating the carrying capacity of coral reefs for scuba diving. H. A. Lessios and MacIntyre, I. G., Eds. Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium (Vol. 2). 1923-1926, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute.

Hawkins, J. P., Roberts, C. M., Van't Hof, T., De Meyer, K., Tratalos, J. and Aldam, C. (1999). Effects of recreational scuba diving on Caribbean coral and fish communities. Conservation Biology 13: 888-897.

Haynes, D., Müller, J. and Cartier, S. (2000). The impact of the herbicide Diuron on photosynthesis in three species of tropical seagrass. Marine Pollution Bulletin 41: 288-293.

Hayward, P. J. and Ryland, J. S. (1995). Bryozoa from Heron Is, GBR 2. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 38: 533-573.

Healy, B. and Coates, K. A. (1997). Enchytraeids (Oligochaeta: Annelida) of the mid and upper intertidal of Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory, Australia. J. Hanley and Russell, J., Eds. Proceedings of the Sixth International Marine Biological Workshop. The marine flora and fauna of Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory. 81-98. Darwin, Beagle.

Hedge, P. and Kriwoken, L. K. (2000). Evidence for effects of Spartina anglica invasion on benthic macrofauna in Little Swanport estuary, Tasmania. Austral Ecology 25: 150-159.

Heip, C. (1995). Eutrophication and zoobenthos dynamics. Ophelia 41: 113-136.

Hellberg, M. (1996). Dependence on gene flow on geographic distance in two solitary corals with different larval dispersal capabilities. Evolution 50: 1167-1175.

Hempel, G. (1985). On the biology of polar seas, particularly the Southern Ocean. In Marine biology of polar regions and effects of stress on marine organisms. J. S. Gray and Christiansen, M. E. Chichester, Wiley: 3-34.

Herbert, D. G. (1999). Siphonaria compressa, South Africa's most endangered marine mollusc. South African Journal of Marine Science 95: 77-80.

Herriman, M., Tsamenyi, M., Ramli, J. and Bateman, S. (1997). Australia's Ocean Policy, Background Paper 2: International Agreements. Review of international agreements, conventions, obligations and other instruments influencing use and management of Australia's marine environment, A report commissioned by Environment Australia. Centre for Maritime Policy, University of Wollongong.

Heslinga, G. A., Perron, F. E. and Orak, O. (1984). Mass culture of giant clams (F. Tridacnidae) in Palau. Aquaculture 39: 197-215.

Hessler, R. R. and Thistle, D. (1975). On the place of origin of deep-sea isopods. Marine Biology 32: 155-165.

Hessler, R. R., Wilson, G. and Thistle, D. (1979). The deep-sea isopods: a biogeographic and phylogenetic overview. Sarsia 64: 67-76.

Hewitt, C. L., Campbell, M. L., Thresher, R. E. and Martin, R. B. (1999). Marine biological invasions of Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, CRIMP Technical Report, 20.

Hewitt, C. L. and Martin, R. B. (1996). Port surveys for introduced marine species -background considerations and sampling protocols. Hobart, CRIMP Technical Report, 4. 40 pages.

Hewitt, C. L. and Martin, R. B. (2001). Revised protocols for baseline port surveys for introduced marine species - survey design, sampling protocols and specimen handling. Hobart, CRIMP Technical Report, 22.

Heyward, A. J. (1999). Montebello Island region - biodiversity values, Report for Environment Australia by the Australian Institute of Marine Science.

Heyward, A. J., Farrell, P. and Seamark, R. F. (1994). The effect of petroleum based pollutants on coral gametes and fertilisation success. 6th Pacific Congress on Marine Science and Technology. 119. Townsville.

Heyward, A. J., Halford, A., Smith, L. and Williams, D. M. (1997b). Coral reefs of north west Australia: baseline monitoring of an oceanic reef ecosystem. H. A. Lessios and MacIntyre, I. G., Eds. Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium, 1. 289-294, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute.

Heyward, A. J., Revill, A. T. and Sherwood, C. R. (1999). Bibliography of research and data relevant to marine environmental management of Australia's North West Shelf, Produced for the Western Australian Department of Environmental Protection. A joint AIMS-CSIRO Marine Research report.

Heyward, A. J., Revill, A. T. and Sherwood, C. R. (2000). Review of research and data relevant to marine environmental management of Australia’s North West Shelf, Produced by the Australian Institute of Marine Science  and CSIRO Marine Research for the Western Australian Department of Environmental Protection.

Heyward, A. J., Smith, L., Halford, A. and Field, S. (1997a). Monitoring and benthic dynamics in Western Australian coral reefs. 
http://www.aims.gov.au/pages/research/wa_Dresearch/pages/wa9496_D06.html, Australian Institute of Marine Science.

Hicks, J. (1980). An annoted bibliography of the natural history of Christmas Island, Indian Ocean, Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service.

Higgins, R. P. and Thiel, H. (1988). Introduction to the study of meiofauna, Smithsonian Institution Press.

Hill, B. J. and Wassenberg, T. J. (1990). Fate of discards from prawn trawlers in Torres Strait. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 41: 53-64.

Hill, S. R. (1998). Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Bill 1998. First Reading. Official Hansard - Senate. Commonwealth of Australia Parliamentary Debates Thursday 2 July 1998.

Hill, S. R. (1999). Hill announces new seamounts marine reserve off Tasmania. Media Release.

Hinde, R. (1995). Seaweeds and other algae. In Coastal marine ecology of temperate Australia. A. J. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 121-135.

Hoagland, K. E. (1989). Socially responsible - in the 1990s natural history museums will focus their efforts on maintaining the diverse life of a healthy planet. Museum News Sept./Oct. 1989: 50-52.

Hobday, D. K., Ryan, T. J., Thomson, D. R. and Treble, R. J. (1996). Assessment of the Victorian rock lobster fishery: final report to the Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, MAFRI.

Hockey, P. A. R. (1994). Man as a component of the littoral predator spectrum: a conceptual overview. In Rocky shores: exploitation in Chile and South Africa. W. R. Siegfried. Springer-Verlag: 17-31.

Hodda, M. and Nicholas, W. L. (1985). Meiofauna associated with mangroves in the Hunter River Estuary and Fullerton Cove, south eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 36: 41-50.

Hodda, M. J. and Nicholas, W. L. (1986a). Temporal changes in littoral meiofauna from the Hunter River Estuary. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 37: 729-741.

Hodda, M. J. and Nicholas, W. L. (1986b). Nematode diversity and industrial pollution in the Hunter River Estuary, NSW, Australia. Marine Pollution Bulletin 17: 251-255.

Hodda, M. J. and Nicholas, W. L. (1987). Free-living nematodes from Darwin mangroves. The Beagle 4: 7-10.

Hodgkin, E. P. and Lenanton, R. C. (1984). Estuaries and Coastal Lagoons in Western Australia. I. In Estuaries and Nutrients. B. J. Neilson and Cronin, B. J., Humana Press: 307-321.

Hoedt, F. E., Choat, J. H., Cruz, J. J. and Collins, J. D. (2001). Sample collection methods and practical considerations for introduced species surveys at tropical ports, CRC Reef Research Centre, Technical Report, 35. 41.

Hoegh-Guldberg, O. (1994). Influence of the population of zooxanthellae and supply of ammonium on the biomass and metabolic characteristics of the reef corals Seriatopora hystrix and Stylophora pistillata. Marine Ecology Progress Series 57: 173-186.

Hoegh-Guldberg, O. (1999). Climate change, coral bleaching and the future of the world's coral reefs. Marine and Freshwater Research 50: 839-866.

Hoegh-Guldberg, O., Berkelmans, R. and Oliver, J. (1997a). Coral bleaching implications for the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. Proceedings of the Cooperative Research Centre Conference on Research and Reef Management Meeting, January 1997. 21-43, CRC for the sustainable use of the Great Barrier Reef.

Hoegh-Guldberg, O. and Jones, R. (1999). Diurnal patterns of photoinhibition and photoprotection. Marine Ecology Progress Series 183: 73-86.

Hoegh-Guldberg, O. and Smith, G. J. (1989). Influence of the population density of zooxanthellae and supply of ammonium on the biomass and metabolic characteristics of the reef corals Seriatopora hystrix and Stylophora pistillata. Marine Ecology Progress Series 57: 173-186.

Hoegh-Guldberg, O., Takabayashi, M. and Moreno, G. (1997b). The impact of long-term nutrient enrichment on coral calcification and growth. H. A. Lessios and MacIntyre, I. G., Eds. Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium (Vol. 1). 861-866, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute.

Hogarth, M. (1998). Not waving - drowning. Sydney Morning Herald Good Weekend. Sydney: 27-33.

Hogarth, M. (1999). Cooking the coral. Sydney Morning Herald. Sydney: 15.

Holden, C. (1989). Entomologists wane as insects wax. Science 246: 754-756.

Holliday, J. E., and Nell, J.A (1987). The Pacific Oyster in New South Wales., NSW Department of Agriculture, Sydney. 4pp.

Holm, E. R., Cannon, G., Roberts, D., Schmidt, A. R., Sutherland, J. P. and Rittschof, D. (1997). The influence of initial surface chemistry on development of the fouling community at Beaufort, North Carolina. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 215: 189-203.

Holmes, K. E. (1997). Eutrophication and its effect on bioeroding sponge communities. H. A. Lessios and MacIntyre, I. G., Eds. Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium (Vol. 2). 1411-1416, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute.

Holthius, L. B. (1993). The recent genera of the caridean and stenopodidean shrimps (Crustacea, Decapoda), with an appendix on the order Amphionidacea. Rotterdam, Backhuys.

Hooper, J. N. A. (1986). Revision of the marine sponge genus Axos Gray (Demospongiae: Axinellida) from northwest Australia. The Beagle, Occasional Papers of the Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Sciences 3: 167-189.

Hooper, J. N. A. (1988). Structural features of the benthic community of East Point Reef Fish Reserve. A comparative study between oceanic, near-shore and inshore reefs of Northwest Australia. In Darwin Harbour. Australian National University North Australian Research Unit Mangrove Monograph Vol. 4. H. K. Larson, Michie, M. G. and Hanley, J. R. Darwin, North Australian Research Unit, ANU: 214-225.

Hooper, J. N. A. (1991). Revision of the family Raspailiidae (Porifera: Demospongiae), with description of Australian species. Invertebrate Taxonomy 5: 1179-1415.

Hooper, J. N. A. (1994). Coral reef sponges of the Sahul Shelf - a case for habitat preservation. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 36: 93-106.

Hooper, J. N. A. (1996). Revision of Microcionidae (Porifera: Poecilosclerida: Demospongiae), with description of Australian species. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 40: 1-626.

Hooper, J. N. A. (1998). Sponge biodiversity, distribution and biogeography. In Sponges of the New Caledonian lagoon. Vol. 33. C. Levi. Paris, Editions de l'Orstom, Collection Faune et Flore Tropicales: 65-73.

Hooper, J. N. A., Cook, S. D., Hobbs, L. J. and Kennedy, J. A. (1997). Australian Halichondriidae (Porifera: Demospongiae): I Species from the Beagle Gulf. J. R. Hanley, Caswell, G., Megirian, D. and Larson, H. K., Eds. Proceedings of the Sixth International Marine Biological Workshop. The marine flora and fauna of Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory, Australia. 1-65. Darwin, Museums and Art Galleries of the Northern Territory and the Australian Marine Sciences Association.

Hooper, J. N. A., Kennedy, J. A., List-Armitage, S. E., Cook, S. D. and Quinn, R. (1999). Biodiversity, species composition and distribution of marine sponges in northeast Australia. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 44: 263-274.

Hooper, J. N. A., Kennedy, J. A. and Quinn, R. J. (in press). Biodiversity 'hot spots", patterns of richness and endemism, and taxonomic affinities of tropical Australian sponges (Porifera). Biodiversity and Conservation.

Hooper, J. N. A. and Krasochin, V. B. (1989). Redescription of the burrowing sponge Zyzzya massalis (Dendy) from the Seychelles and Houtman-Abrolhos Islands. The Beagle, Records of the Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Sciences 6: 133-140.

Hooper, J. N. A. and Lévi, C. (1994). Biogeography of Indo-west Pacific sponges: Microcionidae, Raspailiidae, Axinellidae. In Sponges in time and space. R. W. M. Soest, Kempen, T. M. G. and Braekman, J.-C. Rotterdam, Balkema: 191-212.

Hooper, J. N. A., Quinn, R. J. and Murphy, P. T. (1998). Bioprospecting for marine invertebrates. M. Van Keulen and Borowitzka, M. A., Eds. Biodiversity, biotechnology and biobusiness. 2nd Asia-Pacific Conference on Biotechnology. 109-112. Perth, WA, Murdoch University.

Hooper, J. N. A. and Wiedenmayer, F. (1994). Porifera. In Zoological Catalogue of Australia, Vol. 12. A. Wells. Melbourne, CSIRO Australia: xiii 624.

Hopley, D., van Woesik, R., Hoyal, D. C. J. D., Rasmussen, C. E. and Steven, A. D. L. (1990). Sedimentation resulting from road development, Cape Tribulation area. GBRMPA Technical Memorandum 24, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. 42 pp.

Horwitz, P. (1999). Western Australia: Western Australian Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (In Appendix 1 in Hutchings, P. A. and Ponder, W. F., Workshop: criteria for assessing and conserving threatened invertebrates). In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 311.

Horwitz, P., Recher, H. and Majer, J. (1999). Putting invertebrates on the agenda: political and bureaucratic challenges. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. F. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 398-406.

Hosie, G. W. and Cochran, T. G. (1994). Mesoscale distribution patterns of macrozooplankton communities in Prydz Bay, Antarctica - January to February 1991. Marine Ecology Progress Series 106: 21-39.

Hovel, K. A. and Lipcius, R. N. (2001). Habitat fragmentation in a seagrass landscape: patch size and complexity control blue crab survival. Ecology 82: 1814-1829.

Hovel, K. A. and Morgan, S. G. (1999). Susceptibility of estuarine crab larvae to ultraviolet radiation. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 237: 107-125.

Huang, B. X., Peakall, R. and Hanna, P. J. (2000a). Analysis of genetic structure of blacklip abalone (Haliotis rubra) populations using RAPD, minisatellite and microsatellite markers. Marine Biology 136: 207-216.

Huang, B. X., Peakall, R. and Hanna, P. J. (2000b). Analysis of genetic structure of blacklip abalone (Haliotis rubra) populations using RAPD, minisatellite and microsatellite markers. Marine Biology 136: 207-216.

Hubbert, G. D., Smith, B. L. and Martin, J. (1994). Environmental studies for a permit wide drilling program in a sensitive marine environment. APPEA Journal 34: 672-681.

Hudson, E. and Mace, G. (1996). Marine Fish and the IUCN Red List of Threatened Animals, Institute of Zoology, Zoological Society of London.

Hughes, J. B. and Petchey, O. L. (2001). Merging perspectives on biodiversity and ecosystem functioning. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 16: 222-223.

Hughes, L. (2000). Biological consequences of global warming: is the signal already apparent? TREE 15: 56-60.

Hughes, T. (1993). Disturbance: effects on coral dynamics (special issue). Coral Reefs 12: 115-224.

Hughes, T. P. (1994a). Catastrophes, phase shifts, and large-scale degradation of a Caribbean coral reef. Science 265: 1547-1551.

Hughes, T. P. (1994b). Coral reef catastrophe. Science 266: 1932-1933.

Hughes, T. P., Baird, A. H., Dinsdale, E. A., Moltschaniwskyj, N. A., Pratchett, M. S., Tanner, J. E. and Willis, B. L. (1999). Patterns of recruitment and abundance of corals along the Great Barrier Reef. Nature 397: 59-63.

Hughes, T. P. and Connell, J. P. (1999). Multiple stressors on coral reefs: a long-term perspective. Limnology and Oceanography 44: 932-940.

Humphries, W. E. (1999). Relict styofaunas living in sea salt, karst and calcrete habitats in arid northwestern Australia contain many ancient lineages. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. F. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Society of New South Wales.

Hunte, W. and Wittenberg, M. (1992). Effects of eutrophication and sedimentation on juvenile corals. II. Settlement. Marine Biology 114: 625-631.

Huston, M. A. (1994). Biological diversity: the co-existence of species on changing landscapes. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

Hutchings, P. A. (1986). Biological destruction of coral reefs. A review. Coral Reefs 4: 239-252.

Hutchings, P. A. (1990). Review of the effects of trawling on macrobenthic epifaunal communities. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 41: 111-120.

Hutchings, P. A. (1992a). Ballast water introductions of exotic marine organisms into Australia: Current status and management options. Marine Pollution Bulletin 25: 196-199.

Hutchings, P. A. (1992b). The populations of Crown of Thorns Starfish. In Kowari 3. Reef biology. A survey of Elizabeth and Middleton Reefs, South Pacific. Australian Museum, for the Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service, Canberra. A. Museum. Commonwealth of Australia: 97-102.

Hutchings, P. A. (1992c). Reef biology: A survey of Elizabeth and Middleton Reefs, South Pacific. Kowari 3. Canberra, Australian Museum for the Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service: 230 pp.

Hutchings, P. A. (1994a). Infauna of seagrasses and sediments. In In Jervis Bay Baseline Studies. Vol 2, CSIRO Division of Fisheries: 569-615.

Hutchings, P. A. (1994b). Epifauna of mangroves and sediments. In Jervis Bay Baseline Studies. Vol 2, CSIRO Division of Fisheries: 619-653.

Hutchings, P. A. (1997). The Terebellidae (Polychaeta) of Northern Australia with a key to all the described species of the region. J. Hanley and Russell, J., Eds. Proceedings of the Sixth International Marine Biological Workshop. The marine flora and fauna of Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory. 133-161. Darwin, Beagle.

Hutchings, P. A. (1998a). Biodiversity and functioning of polychaetes in benthic sediments. Biodiversity and Conservation 7: 1133-1145.

Hutchings, P. A. (1998b). Ethics of manipulative research: the scientific community perspective. The Ethics of Environmental Research. Proceedings of the 1997 Fenner Conference, Australian Journal of Environmental Management (Supplement). 5: 69-71.

Hutchings, P. A. (1999a). Taxonomy of estuarine invertebrates in Australia. Australian Journal of Ecology 24: 381-394.

Hutchings, P. A. (1999b). The limits to our knowledge of introduced marine invertebrates. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. F. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 26-29.

Hutchings, P. A. (2000b). Family Capitellidae. In Polychaetes and allies: the southern synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 4A Polychaeta, Myzostomida, Pogonophora, Echiura, Sipuncula. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Glasby, C. J. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 67-72.

Hutchings, P. A. (2001). Anthropogenic changes to coastal marshes. In Encyclopedia of Global Environmental Change. I. Douglas. Wiley and Sons: 451-454.

Hutchings, P. A. (in press). The conservation of urban wetlands - conflicts and resolution. Royal Zoological Society of NSW.

Hutchings, P. A. and Fauchald, K. (2000). Class Polychaeta. Definition and general description. In Polychaetes and allies: the southern synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 4A Polychaeta, Myzostomida, Pogonophora, Echiura, Sipuncula. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Glasby, C. J. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 1-3.

Hutchings, P. A. and Glasby, C. J. (1988). The Amphitritinae (F.Terebellidae) of Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 40: 1-60.

Hutchings, P. A. and Haynes, D., Eds. (2000). Sources, fates and consequences of pollutants in the Great Barrier Reef, Marine Pollution Bulletin.

Hutchings, P. A. and Jacoby, C. (1994). Temporal and spatial patterns in the distribution of infaunal polychaetes in Jervis Bay, New South Wales. Memoires du Museum D'Histoire Naturelle 162: 441-452.

Hutchings, P. A. and Johnson, R. (2001). A catalogue of the Australian polychaetes, http://www.environment.gov.au/abrs/abif-faunal/vols.www.htm.

Hutchings, P. A. and Karageorgopoulos, P. (in press). Designation of a neotype of Marphysa sanguinea (Montagu, 1815) and a description of a new species of Marphysa from Eastern Australia. Hydrobiologia.

Hutchings, P. A., Kiene, W. E., Cunningham, R. B. and Donelly, C. (1992). Spatial and temporal patterns of non-colonial boring organisms (polychaetes, sipunculans, and bivalve molluscs) in Porites at Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 11: 23-32.

Hutchings, P. A. and Murray, A. (1984). Taxonomy of Polychaetes from the Hawkesbury River and the southern estuaries of New South Wales, Australia. Records of the Australian Museum Supplement 3: 1-118.

Hutchings, P. A. and Peart, R. (2000). A revision of the Australian Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta). Invertebrate Taxonomy 14: 225-272.

Hutchings, P. A. and Peart, R. (2002). A revision of the Australian Pectinariidae (Polychaeta). Records of the Australian Museum 51: 99-127.

Hutchings, P. A. and Ponder, W. F. (1999). Workshop: criteria for assessing and conserving threatened invertebrates. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 297-315.

Hutchings, P. A. and Rainer, S. (1979). The polychaete fauna of Careel Bay, Pittwater, New South Wales, Australia. Journal of Natural History 13: 745-796.

Hutchings, P. A. and Recher, H. F. (1982). The fauna of Australian mangroves. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of  New South Wales 106: 83-121.

Hutchings, P. A., Recher, H.F (1974). The fauna of Careel Bay with comments on the ecology of mangroves and seagrass communities. Australian Zoologist 18: 99-128.

Hutchings, P. A. and Saenger, P. (1987). Ecology of mangroves. St Lucia, Qld, University of Queensland Press.

Hutchings, P. A. and Salvat, B. (2000). Seas at the Millennium. In French Polynesia. C. Sheppard. Elsevier Science Ltd: 199-212.

Hutchings, P. A., van der Velde, J. T. and Keable, S. J. (1989). Baseline survey of Twofold Bay NSW with a discussion of the marine species introduced into the Bay. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 110: 339-367.

Hutchings, P. A., Ward, T. J., Waterhouse, J. H. and Walker, L. (1993). Infauna of marine sediments and seagrass beds of Upper Spencer Gulf near Port Pirie, South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 117: 1-15.

Hutchings, P. A., Wells, F. E., Walker, D. E. and Kendrick, G. A. (1991). Seagrass, sediment and infauna - a comparison of Posidonia australis, Posidonia sinuosa and Amphibolis antarctica in Princess Royal Harbour, South-Western Australia. II. Distribution, composition and abundance of macrofauna. F. E. Wells, Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. Proceedings of the Third International Marine Biological Workshop: The marine flora and fauna of Albany, Western Australia, 2. 611-634. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Hutchins, J. B. (1999). Mortality of Pocillopora coral at Rottnest Island, Western Australia. In The seagrass flora and Fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. D. I. Walker and Wells, F. E. Perth, Western Australian Museum: 281-293.

Hutchins, J. B., Slack-Smith, S. M., Bryce, C. W., Morrison, S. M. and Hewitt, M. A. (1996). Marine biological survey of the Muiron Islands and the eastern shore of Exmouth Gulf, Western Australia, Prepared for the Ocean Rescue 2000 Program (Project No. G012/94). Western Australian Museum.

Huys, R. (1988). Rotundiclipeidae a new family Copepoda Harpacticoida from an anchihaline cave on Tenerife Canary Islands, Spain. Stygologia 4: 42-63.

Huys, R. (1996). Superornatiremidae fam. nov. (Copepoda: Harpacticoida): An enigmatic family from North Atlantic anchihaline caves. Scientia Marina 60: 497-542.

Hyland, S. J. and Butler, C. T. (1988). The distribution and modification of mangroves and saltmarsh-claypans in southern Queensland, Queensland Department of Primary Industries Information Service, QI89004. 74 p.

Hyland, S. J., Courtney, A. J. and Butler, C. T. (1989). Distribution of seagrass in the Moreton Region from Coolangatta to Noosa, Queensland Department of Primary Industry Information Series No. Q189010.

IGBP (1990). The international geosphere-biosphere programme, International Council of Scientific Unions.

IMCRA Technical Group (1998). Interim Marine and Coastal Regionalisation for Australia: An ecosystem-based classification for marine and coastal environments. Version 3.3. Canberra, Environment Australia, Commonwealth Department of the Environment. 114.

Inglesias-Prieto, R., Matta, J. L., Robins, W. A. and Trench, R. K. (1992). Photosynthetic response to elevated-temperature in the symbiotic dinoflagellate Symbiodinium microadriaticum in culture. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science 89: 302-305.

Inglis, G. (1993). Ambiguities in the Identification and Selection of Representative Marine Reserves. In Proceedings of the 2nd International Temperate Reef Symposium. C. N. Battershill, Schiel, D. R., Jones, G. P., Creese, R. G. and MacDiarmid, A. B. Wellington, NIWA Marine: 23-28.

Inglis, G. J. (1995). Intertidal muddy shores. In Coastal marine ecology of temperate Australia. A. J. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 171-186.

Inglis, G. J. (2000). Variations in the recruitment behaviour of seagrass seeds: implications for population dynamics and resource management. Pacific Conservation Biology 5: 251-259.

Inglis, G. J. and E., K. J. (2000). Evidence for systemic changes in the benthic fauna of tropical estuaries as a result of urbanisation. Marine Pollution Bulletin 41: 7-12.

Ingram, G. J., Raven, R. J. and Davie, P. J. F. (1994). Invertebrate biodiversity and conservation. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 36: 1-239.

Inomata, O. N. K., Montone, R. C., Lara, W. H., Weber, R. R. and Toledo, H. H. B. (1996). Tissue distribution of organochlorine residues - PCBs and pesticides - in Antarctic penguins. Antarctic Science 8: 253-255.

Institute of Marine Ecology (1993). Study of the impact of harvesting marine invertebrates and reef fish in the Christmas Island National Park, Institute of Marine Ecology, University of Sydney for the Australian Nature Conservation Agency. 105 p.

IPCC (1995). IPCC Second Assessment: Synthesis of scientific-technical information relevant to interpreting Article 2 of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change. Geneva, Switzerland, Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. 64 p.

IPCC (1998). The regional impacts of climate change — an assessment of vulnerability, A Special Report of Working Group II of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change.

IPIECA (1994). Biological impacts of oil pollution: saltmarshes. IPIECA Oil Spill Report Series, Volume 6. London, International Petroleum Industry Environmental Conservation Association.

Iredale, T. (1940). Marine molluscs from Lord Howe Island, Norfolk Island, Australia and New Guinea. Australian Zoologist 9: 429-443.

Iredale, T. and McMichael, D. F. (1962). A reference list of the marine Mollusca of New South Wales. Australian Museum Memoir XI: 1-109.

Irish, K. E. and Norse, E. A. (1996). Scant emphasis on marine biodiversity. Conservation Biology 10: 680.

Isdale, P. J. (1984). Fluorescent bands in massive corals record centuries of coastal rainfall. Nature 310: 578- 579.

Isdale, P. J. (1986). Coral reefs gives clues to past climate. Oceanus 29: 31.

Isdale, P. J., Stewart, B. J., Tickle, K. S. and Lough, J. M. (1998). Palaeohydrological variation in a tropical river catchment: reconstruction using fluorescent bands in corals of the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. The Holocene 8: 1-8.

IUCN (1980). World Conservation Strategy. Gland, Switzerland, International Union for the Conservation of Nature.

IUCN (1984). Categories and criteria for protected areas. In National parks, conservation and development. The role of protected areas in sustaining society. J. A. McNeely and Miller, K. R. Washington, Smithsonian Institution Press: 47-53.

IUCN (1994). IUCN Red List Categories. As approved by the 40th Meeting of the IUCN Council. Gland, Switzerland, Prepared by the International Union for the Conservation of Nature, Species Survival Commission.

IUCN (1996). 1996 IUCN Red List of threatened animals. Gland, Switzerland, IUCN.

IUCN/SSC Criteria Review Working Group (1999). IUCN Red List Criteria Review provisional report. Draft of the proposed changes and recommendations. Species (Newsletter of the Species Survival Commission, IUCN) 31/32: 43-57.

IUCN/UNEP/WWF (1991). Caring for the earth. A strategy for sustainable living. Gland, Switzerland.

Ivanovici, A., Tarte, D. and Olson, M., Eds. (1993). Protection of marine and estuarine areas — a challenge for Australians. Canberra, Proceedings of the Fourth Fenner Conference on the Environment, October, 1991.

Jablonski, D. (1994). Extinctions in the fossil record. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B Biological Sciences 344: 11-17.

Jackson, J. B. C. (1991). Adaptation and diversity of reef corals. BioScience 41: 475-482.

Jackson, J. B. C. (1994b). Community unity? Science 264: 1412-1413.

Jackson, J. B. C., Cubit, J. D., Keller, B. D., Batista, V., Burns, K., Caffey, H. M., Caldwell, R. L., Garrity, S. D., Getter, C. D., Gonzalez, C., Guzman, H. M., Kaufmann, K. W., Knap, A. H., Levings, S. C., Marshall, M. J., Steger, R., Thompson, R. C. and Weil, E. (1989). Ecological effects of a major oil spill on Panamanian coastal marine communities. Science 243: 37-44.

Jackson, J. B. C., Kirby, M. X., Berger, W. H., Bjorndal, K. A., Botsford, L. W., Bourque, B. J., Bradbury, R. H., Cooke, R., Erlandson, J., Estes, J. A., Hughes, T. P., Kidwell, S., Lange, C. B., Lenihan, H. S., Pandolfi, J. M., Peterson, C. H., Steneck, R. S., Tegner, M. J. and Warner, R. R. (2001). Historical overfishing and the recent collapse of coastal ecosystems. Science 293: 629-638.

Jairajpuri, M. S. and Ahmad, W. (1992). Dorylaimida. Free-living, predaceous and plant-parasitic nematodes. New Delhi, Oxford and IBH Publishing.

James, R. J. and Fairweather, P. G. (1996). Spatial variation of intertidal macrofauna on a sandy ocean beach in Australia. Estuarine Coastal and Shelf Science 43: 81-107.

James, R. J., Lincoln Smith, M. P. and Fairweather, P. G. (1995). Sieve mesh-size and taxonomic resolution needed to describe natural spatial variation of marine macrofauna. Marine Ecology Progress Series 118: 187-196.

Jameson, S. C., McManus, J. W. and Spalding, M. D. (1995). State of the Reefs. Regional and global perspectives, International Coral Reef Initiative Executive Secretariat Background Paper.

Jaume, D. (1995). Presence of troglobitized Janiridae (Isopoda: Asellota: Janiroidea) in anchihaline caves of the Balearic Islands (Mediterranean); description of Trogloianiropsis lloberai n. gen., n. sp. Contributions to Zoology 65: 177-187.

Jaume, D. and Boxshall, G. A. (1995). Stygocyclopia balerica, a new genus and species of calanoid copepod (Pseudocyclopiidae) from anchihaline caves in the Balearic Islands (Mediterranean). Sarsia 80: 213-222.

Jaume, D. and Boxshall, G. A. (1996). The persistence of an ancient marine fauna in Mediterranean waters: New evidence from misophrioid copepods living in anchihaline caves. Journal of Natural History 30: 1583-1595.

Jaume, D. and Boxshall, G. A. (1997). Two new genera of cyclopinid copepods (Cyclopoida: Cyclopinidae) from anchihaline caves of the Canary and Balearic Islands, with a key to genera of the family. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 120: 79-101.

Jaume, D., Boxshall, G. A. and Iliffe, T. M. (1998). Two new genera of misophrioid copepods (Crustacea) from an anchihaline cave in the Bahamas. Journal of Natural History 32: 661-681.

Jaume, D. and Garcia, L. (1993). Burrimysis palmeri, new genus new species, of Heteromysini (Crustacea: Mysidacea) from an anchihaline cave lake of Cabrera (Balearic Islands, Mediterranean). Bijdragen Tot de Dierkunde 62: 227-235.

Jenkins, S. R., Beukers-Stewart, B. D. and Brand, A. R. (2001). Impact of scallop dredging on benthic megafauna: a comparison of damage levels in captured and non-captured organisms. Marine Ecology Progress Series 215: 297-301.

Jennings, S. and Kaiser, M. J. (1998). The effects of fishing on marine ecosystems. Advances in Marine Biology: 201-352.

Jennings, S., Pinnegar, J. K., Polunin, N. V. C. and Warr, K. J. (2001). Impacts of trawling disturbance on the trophic structure of benthic invertebrate communities. Marine Ecology Progress Series 213: 127-142.

Jennings, S. and Polunin, N. V. C. (1996). Impacts of fishing on tropical reef ecosystems. Ambio 25: 44-49.

Jensen, K. T. and Mouritsen, K. N. (1992). Mass mortality in two common soft-bottom invertebrates, Hydrobia ulvae and Corophium volutator - the possible role of trematodes. Helgoländer Meeresuntersuchungen 46: 329-339.

Jernakoff, P. (1987). Foraging patterns of juvenile western rock lobsters Panulirus cygnus George. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 113: 125-144.

Jernakoff, P., Brearley, A., and Nielsen, J (1996). Factors affecting grazer-epiphyte interactions in temperate seagrass meadows. Oceanography and Marine Biology Annual Review 34: 109-62.

Jewett, S. C., Dean, T. A., Smith, R. O. and Blanchard, A. (1999). 'Exxon Valdez' oil spill: impacts and recovery in the soft-bottom benthic community in and adjacent to eelgrass beds. Marine Ecology Progress Series 185: 59-83.

Johannes, R. E., Maragos, J. M. and Coles, S. L. (1972). Oil damages corals exposed to air. Marine Pollution Bulletin 3: 29-30.

Johnson, A. K. l. and Ebert, S. P. (2000). Quantifying inputs of pesticides to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park-A case study in the Herbert River catchment of North -East Queensland. Marine Pollution Bulletin 41: 302-309.

Johnson, C. (1992). Reproduction, recruitment and hydrodynamics in the Crown-of-thorns phenomenon on the Great Barrier Reef: introduction and synthesis. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 43: 1-7.

Johnson, M. S. and Black, R. (1982). Chaotic genetic patchiness in an intertidal limpet, Siphonaria sp. Marine Biology 70: 157-164.

Johnson, M. S. and Black, R. (1984a). Pattern beneath the chaos the effect of recruitment on genetic patchiness in an Intertidal limpet Siphonaria jeanae. Evolution 38: 1371-1383.

Johnson, M. S. and Black, R. (1984b). Pattern beneath the chaos: the effect of recruitment on genetic patchiness in an intertidal limpet. Evolution 38: 1371-1383.

Joiris, C. R. and Overloop, W. (1991). Pcbs and organochlorine pesticides in phytoplankton and zooplankton in the Indian sector of the Southern Ocean. Antarctic Science 3: 371-378.

Jones, A. R. (1977). An ecological survey of nearshore waters east of Sydney, NSW. 1973-75. A report for the Metropolitan Water, Sewerage and Drainage Board, Sydney, by arrangement with Caldwell Connell Engineers. Sydney, Australian Museum: 320 pp.

Jones, A. R. (in press). Ecological recovery of amphipods on sandy beaches following oil pollution: an interim assessment. Journal of Coastal Research.

Jones, A. R. and Short, A. D. (1995). Sandy beaches. In Coastal marine ecology of temperate Australia. A. J. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 136-151.

Jones, D. S. (1990a). The shallow-water barnacles (Cirripedia: Lepadomorpha, balanomorpha) of southern Western Australia. F. E. Wells, Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. Third International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Albany, Western Australia. 333-437. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Jones, D. S. (1993). The barnacles of Rottnest Island, Western Australia, with descriptions of two new species. F. E. Wells, Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. Fifth International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. 113-133. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Jones, D. S. (1994). Barnacles of the Cocos (Keeling) Islands. Atoll Research Bulletin 413.

Jones, D. S., Anderson, J. T. and Anderson, D. T. (1990). A checklist of the Australian Cirripedia. Technical Reports of the Australian Museum 3: 1-38.

Jones, D. S. and Morgan, G. J. (1993). An annotated checklist of Crustacea from Rottnest Island, Western Australia. F. E. Wells, Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. Fifth International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. 135-162. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Jones, D. S. and Morgan, G. J. (1994). A field guide to crustaceans of Australian waters. Chatswood, Reed.

Jones, G. and Candy, S. (1981). Effects of dredging on the macrobenthic infauna of Botany Bay. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 32: 379-398.

Jones, G. P. and Andrew, N. L. (1990). Herbivory and patch dynamics on rocky reefs in temperate Australasia: the roles of fish and sea urchins. Australian Journal of Ecology 15: 505-520.

Jones, G. P., Cole, R. C. and Battershill, C. N. (1993). Marine reserves: do they work. In Proceedings of the 2nd International Temperate Reef Symposium. C. N. Battershill, Schiel, D. R., Jones, G. P., Creese, R. G. and MacDiarmid, A. B., NIWA, Wellington, New Zealand: 29-45.

Jones, G. P. and Kaly, U. L. (1995). Conservation of rare, threatened and endemic marine species in Australia. In State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia. Technical Annex 1: The Marine Environment. L. P. Zann and Kailola, P., Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of Environment, Sport and Territories: 183-191.

Jones, J. B. (1992). Environmental impact of trawling on the seabed: a review. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 26: 59-67.

Jones, M. M. (1995). Fishing debris in the Australian marine environment. Marine Pollution Bulletin 30: 25-33.

Jones, R. E. (1998). On the species of Tuoba (Chilopoda: Geophilomorpha) in Australia, New Zealand, New Caledonia, Solomon Islands and New Britain. Records of the Western Australian Museum 18: 333-346.

Jones, R. E., Hoegh-Guldberg, O., Larkum, A. W. L. and Schreiber, U. (1998). Temperature induced bleaching of corals begins with impairment of dark metabolism in zooxanthellae. Plant, Cell and Environment 21: 1219-1230.

Jones, R. J., Berkelmans, R. and Oliver, J. K. (1997). Recurrent bleaching of corals at Magnetic Island (Australia) relative to air and seawater temperature. Marine Ecology Progress Series 158: 289-292.

Jones, R. J. and Hoegh-Guldberg, O. (1999). The effect of cyanide on the photosynthesis of zooxanthellae in reef-building corals. Marine Ecology Progress Series 177: 83-91.

Jousson, A., Pawlowski, J., Zaninetta, L., Zechman, F. W., Dini, F., Di Guiseppe, G., Woodfields, R., Millar, A. and Meinesz, A. (2000). Invasive alga reaches California. Nature 408: 57-158.

Kaas, P., Jones, A. M. and Gowlett-Holmes, K. L. (1998). Introduction to Class Polyplacophora. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 161-177.

Kaiser, M. J. (1998). Significance of bottom-fishing disturbance. Conservation Biology 12: 1230-1235.

Kaiser, M. J., Spence, F. E. and Hart, P. J. B. (2000). Fishing-gear restrictions and conservation of benthic habitat complexity. Conservation Biology 14: 1512-1525.

Kannan, K., Yasunaga, Y., Iwata, H., Ichihashi, H., Tanabe, S. and Tatsukawa, R. (1995). Concentrations of heavy metals, organochlorines, and organotins in horseshoe crab, Tachypleus tridentatus, from Japanese coastal waters. Archives of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology 28: 40-47.

Karentz, D., Bothwell, M. L., Coffin, R. B., Hanson, A., Herndl, G. J., Kilham, S. S., Lesser, M. P., Lindell, M., Moeller, R. E., Morris, D. P., Neale, P. J., Sanders, R. W., Weiler, C. S. and Wetzel, R. G. (1994). Impact of UV-B radiation on pelagic freshwater ecosystems: Report of working group on bacteria and phytoplankton. Ergebnisse der Limnologie: 0(43).

Karl, S. and Avise, J. (1992). Balancing selection at allozyme loci in oysters: implications from nuclear RFLP's. Science 256: 100-102.

Karpov, K. A., Haaker, P. L., Albin, D., Taniguchi, I. K. and Kushner, D. (1998). The red abalone, Haliotis rufescens, in California: importance of depth refuge to abalone management. Journal of Shellfish Research 17: 863-870.

Kartavtsev, Y. P., Berenboim, B. I. and Zgurovsky, K. I. (1991). Population genetic differentiation of the pink shrimp, Pandalus borealis Kroyer, 1938, from the Barents and Bering Seas. Journal of Shellfish Research 10: 333-339.

Kay, A. M. and Liddle, M. J. (1984a). The effects of human trampling on coral reefs. Proceedings of the Great Barrier Reef Conference. 517-523. Townsville.

Kay, A. M. and Liddle, M. J. (1984b). Impact of trampling in different zones of coral reef flat. Environmental Management 13: 509-516.

Kay, A. M. and Liddle, M. J. (1987). Impact of human trampling in different zones of a coral reef flat. Environmental Management 4: 509-520.

Keesing, J. K., Bradbury, R. H., DeVantier, L. M., Riddle, M. J. and De'ath, G. (1992). Geological evidence for recurring outbreaks of the crown-of-thorns starfish: a reassessment from an ecological perspective. The Acanthaster debate. C. R. Wilkinson and MacIntyre, I. G., Coral Reefs. 11: 79-85.

Kelaher, B. P. (2000). How general are patterns of biodiversity of molluscs in coralline algal turf? A comparison between shores in Australia and Ireland. W. F. Ponder, Ed. 50. Sydney, Malacological Society of Australasia.

Kelaher, B. P., Chapman, M. G. and Underwood, A. J. (1998b). Changes in benthic assemblages near boardwalks in temperate urban mangrove forests. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 228: 291-307.

Kelaher, B. P., Underwood, A. J. and Chapman, M. G. (1998a). Effect of boardwalks on the semaphore crab Heloecius cordiformis in temperate urban mangrove forests. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 227: 281-300.

Kelleher, G., Ed. (1999). World Commission on Protected Areas (WCPA). IUCN-The World Conservation Union, IUCN.

Kelleher, G., Bleakley, C. and Wells, S., Eds. (1995). A global representative system of marine protected areas. Volume IV. South Pacific, Northeast Pacific, Northwest Pacific, Southeast Pacific and Australia/New Zealand. Washington, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, World Bank and World Conservation Union (IUCN).

Kelleher, G. and Kenchington, R. A. (1992). Guidelines for establishing marine protected areas. A marine conservation and development report. Gland, Switzerland, IUCN. vii + 79.

Keller, N. B. and Pasternak, F. A. (1996). The fauna of Antarctic shelf and continental slope corals and the estimation of its role in the process of the formation of the present oceanic deep-water fauna. Okeanologiya 36: 583-587.

Kellert, S. R. (1993). Values and perceptions of invertebrates. Conservation Biology 7: 845-855.

Kellert, S. R. and Clark, T. W. (1991). The theory and application of wildlife policy framework. In Public policy issues in wildlife management. W. R. Mangun. New York, Greenwood.

Kelly, J. R., Levine, S. N., Buttel, L. A., Carr, K. A., Rudnick, D. T. and Dana-Morton, R. (1990b). The effects of tributyltin within a Thalassia seagrass ecosystem. Estuaries 13: 301-310.

Kelly, J. R., Rudnick, D. T., Dana-Morton, R., Buttel, L. A., Levine, S. N. and Carr, K. A. (1990a). Tributyltin and invertebrates of a seagrass ecosystem: exposure and response of different species. Marine Environmental Research 29: 245-276.

Kenchington, R. A. and Agardy, M. T. (1990). Achieving marine conservation through biosphere reserve planning and management. Environmental Conservation 17: 39-44.

Kenchington, R. A. and Bleakley, C. (1994). Identifying priorities for marine protected areas in the insular Pacific. Marine Pollution Bulletin 29: 3-9.

Kendall, M. A. and Widdicombe, S. (1999). Small scale patterns in the structure of macrofaunal assemblages of shallow soft sediments. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 237: 127-140.

Kennedy, J. A. and Hooper, J. N. A. (in press). Small-scale patterns in marine sponge biodiversity from reefs off the Sunshine Coast, southeast Queensland. Coral Reefs.

Kennelly, S. J. (1995). Kelp beds. In Coastal marine ecology of temperate Australia. A. J. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 106-120.

Kennelly, S. J. (1997). A framework for solving bycatch problems: examples from New South Wales, Australia, the eastern Pacific and the Northwest Atlantic. In Developing and Sustaining World Fisheries Resources: The State of Science and Management. D. A. Hancock. 544-550.

Kennelly, S. J. and Underwood, A. J. (1985). Sampling of small invertebrates on natural hard substrate in a sublittoral kelp forest. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 89: 55-67.

Kennelly, S. J. and Underwood, A. J. (1992). Fluctuations in the distribution and abundances of species in  sublittoral kelp forests in New South Wales. Australian Journal of Ecology 17: 367-382.

Keough, M. J. and Butler, A. J. (1995). Temperate subtidal hard substrata. In State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia. Technical Annex 1: The Marine Environment. L. P. Zann and Kailola, P., Prepared by Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of Environment, Sport and Territories: 37-52.

Keough, M. J. and Jenkins, G. P. (1995). Seagrass meadows and their inhabitants. In Coastal Marine Ecology of Temperate Australia. A. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 221-239.

Keough, M. J. and Quinn, G. P. (1998). Effects of periodic disturbances from trampling on rocky intertial algal beds. Ecological Applications 8: 141-161.

Keough, M. J., Quinn, G. P. and King, A. (1993). Correlations between human collecting and intertidal mollusc populations on rocky shores. Conservation Biology 7: 378-390.

Kerr, J. T. (1997). Species richness, endemism, and choice of areas for conservation. Conservation Biology 11: 1094-1100.

Kerrigan, B., Breen, D., De'ath, G. and Partridge, R. (in prep.). Classification of biodiversity within the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area: Report on the classification phase of the Representative Areas Program, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.  GBRMPA Technical Report.

Kershaw, R. C. (1955). A systematic list of the Mollusca of Tasmania, Australia. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 89: 289-355.

Ketchum, B. H. (1983). Ecosystems of the world. In Estuaries and enclosed seas. Goodall. New York, Elsevier. 26.

Kiene, W. E. (1985). Biological destruction of experimental coral substrates at Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Proceedings of the 5th International Coral Reef Symposium 5: 339-344.

Kiene, W. E. and Hutchings, P. A. A. (1994a). Experimental investigations on patterns in the rates of bioerosion at Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 13: 91-98.

Kiene, W. E. and Hutchings, P. A. A. (1994b). Long-term bioerosion of experimental substrates from Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings of the 7th International Coral Reef Symposium 1: 397-403.

Kim, K. C. (1993). Biodiversity, conservation and inventory: why insects matter. Biodiversity and Conservation 2: 191-214.

King, C. A. M. (1975). Introduction to marine geology and geomorphology. London, Edward Arnold.

King, C. K. and Riddle, M. J. (2001). Effects of metal contaminants on the development of the common Antarctic sea urchin Sterechinus neumayeri and comparisons of sensitivity with tropical and temperate echinoids. Marine Ecology Progress Series 215: 143-154.

King, R. J. (1981). Mangroves and saltmarsh plants. In Marine botany: an Australian perspective. M. N. Clayton and King, R. J. Australia, Longman Cheshire: Chapter 12, pp 309-328.

Kingsford, M. J. (1995). Planktonic processes. In Coastal marine ecology of temperate Australia. A. J. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 28-41.

Kingsford, M. J., Underwood, A. J. and Kennelly, S. J. (1991). Humans as predators on rocky reefs in New South Wales, Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series 72: 1-14.

Kinhill Engineers Pty Ltd (1997). Review of oil and gas drilling and production activities: Impact on benthic communities, Report to Apache Energy Ltd. Ref. no. H165, Doc. no. EA-00-RI-073/B.

Kinnear, A. (1999). Minibeasts in the curriculum: encouraging the use of invertebrates in primary science. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 426-431.

Kinsey, D. W. (1991a). Can we resolve the nutrient issue for the reef? Search 22: 119-121.

Kinsey, D. W. (1991b). Water quality and its effect on reef ecology. Proceeding of the workshop on land use patterns and nutrient loading of the Great Barrier Reef region. 192–196. James Cook University, Townsville.

Kinsey, D. W. and Davies, P. J. (1979). Effects of elevated nitrogen and phosphorus on coral reef growth. Limnology and Oceanography 24: 935-940.

Kirkman, H. (1997). Seagrasses of Australia. State of the Environment Technical Paper Series (Estuaries and the Sea). Canberra, Department of the Environment.

Kirkman, H. and Kendrick, G. A. (1997). Ecological significance and harvesting of drifting and beach-cast macro-algae and seagrasses in Australia: a review. Journal of Applied Phycology 9: 311-326.

Kirkwood, J. M. (1982). A guide to the Euphausiacea of the Southern Ocean, ANARE Research Notes, 1. 45 p.

Kirkwood, J. M. (1983). A guide to the Decapoda of the Southern Ocean, ANARE Research Notes, 11.

Kirkwood, J. M. and Burton, H. R. (1988). Macrobenthic species assemblages in Ellis Fjord, Vestfold Hills, Antarctica. Marine Biology 97: 445-457.

Kitching, R. L. (1999). Adapting conservation legislation to the idiosyncrasies of the arthropods. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 274-282.

Kleypas, J. A., Buddemeier, R. W., Archer, D., Gattuso, J.-P., Langdon, C. and Opdyke, B. N. (1999). Geochemical consequences of increased atmospheric carbon dioxide on coral reefs. Science 284: 118-120.

Knowlton, N. (1986). Cryptic and sibling species among the decapod Crustacea. Journal of Crustacean Biology 6: 356-363.

Knowlton, N. (1993). Sibling species in the sea. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 24: 189-216.

Knowlton, N. (2001). Coral Reef Biodiversity- Habitat Size Matters. Science 292: 1493-1494.

Knowlton, N. and Jackson, J. B. C. (1994). New taxonomy and niche partitioning on coral reefs: jack of all trades or master of some? Trends in Ecology and Evolution 9: 7-9.

Knowlton, N. and Keller, B. D. (1986). Larvae which fall far short of their potential: highly localised recruitment in an alpheid shrimp with extended larval development. Bulletin of Marine Science 39: 213-223.

Knox, F. and McElroy, M. (1984). Changes in atmospheric CO2, influence of marine biota at high latitudes. Journal of Geophysical Research 89: 4629-4637.

Knox, G. A. (1963). The biogeography and intertidal ecology of the Australian coasts. Oceanography and Marine Biology: an Annual Review 1: 341-404.

Knox, G. A. (2001). The ecology of seashores. Marine Science Series. Boca Raton, Florida, CRC Press.

Kobluk, D. R. and Lysenko, M. A. (1994). Ring bleaching in southern Caribbean Agaricia agaricites during rapid water cooling. Bulletin of Marine Science 54: 142-150.

Kohn, A. J. and Almasi, K. N. (1993). Imposex in Australian Conus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 73: 241-244.

Kohn, A. J., Lalli, C. M. and Wells, F. E. (1999). Imposex in Conus at Rottnest Island, Western Australia: five years after the first report. In The seagrass flora and Fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. D. I. Walker and Wells, F. E. Perth, Western Australian Museum: 199-209.

Kojis, B. L. and Quinn, N. J. (1994). Biological limits to Caribbean reef recovery - a comparison with western South Pacific reefs. R. N. Ginsburg, Ed. Proceedings of the Colloquium on Global Aspects of Coral Reefs: Health, Hazards and History. 353-359, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of Miami.

Kolar, C. S. and Lodge, D. M. (2001). Progress in invasion biology: predicting invaders. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 16: 199-204.

Kolasa, J. and Pickett, S. T. A. (1991). Ecological Heterogeneity. New York, Springer-Verlag.

Koop, K., Booth, D., Broadbent, A., Brodie, J., Bucher, D., Capone, D., J., C., Dennison, W., Erdmann, M., Harrison, P., Hoegh-Guldberg, O., Hutchings, P. A., Jones, G. B., Larkum, W. D., O'Neil, J., Steven, A., Tentori, E., Ward, S., Williamson, J. and D., Y. (2001). ENCORE: The effect of nutrient enrichment on Coral Reefs. Synthesis of results and conclusions. Marine Pollution Bulletin 42: 91-120.

Koop, K. and Hutchings, P. A. A. (1997). Ocean outfalls - special issue. Marine Pollution Bulletin 33: 7-12.

Koop, K. and Hutchings, P. A. A. (1997b). Disposal of sewage to the ocean - a sustainable solution? Marine Pollution Bulletin 33: 121-123.

Kornicker, L. S. (1996). Ostracoda (Myodocopina) from Shallow Waters of

the Northern Territory and Queensland, Australia. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 578: 1-97.

Kornicker, L. S. and Poore, G. C. B. (1996a). Ostracoda (Myodocopina) of the SE Australian Continental Slope, Part 3. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 573: 1-186.

Kornicker, L. S. and Poore, G. C. B. (1996b). Ostracoda (Myodocopina) of the SE Australian continental slope. Part 3. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 573: 1-186.

Koslow, J. A., Bax, N. J., Bulman, C. M., Kloser, R. J., Smith, A. D. M. and Williams, A. (1997). Managing the fishdown of the Australian Orange Roughy resource. In Developing and sustaining world fisheries resources: the state of science and management. 2nd World Fisheries Congress. D. A. Hancock, Smith, D. C., Grant, A. and Beumer, J. P. Collingwood, Victoria, CSIRO Publishing: 558-562.

Koslow, J. A. and Gowlett-Holmes, K. (1998). The seamount fauna off southern Tasmania: benthic communities, their conservation and impacts of trawling. Final report to Environment Australia and the Fisheries Research Development Corporation. Hobart, CSIRO Marine Fisheries. 104 p.

Koslow, J. A., Gowlett-Holmes, K., Lowry, J. K., O'Hara, T., Poore, G. C. B. and Williams, A. (2001). Seamount benthic macrofauna off southern Tasmania: community structure and impacts of trawling. Marine Ecology Progress Series 213: 111-125.

Kott, P. (1957). Some tunicates from Macquarie Island and Heard Island, ANARE Reports, 40.

Kott, P. (1976). Ascidian fauna of Western Port Bay, Victoria and a comparison with that of Phillip Bay. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 37: 53-96.

Kott, P. (1985). The Australian Ascidiacea Part 1, Phlebobranchia and Stolidobranchia. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 23: 1-440.

Kott, P. (1990a). The Australian Ascidiacea Part 2, Aplousobranchia (1). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 29: 1-266.

Kott, P. (1990b). The Australian Ascidiacea, Phlebobranchia and Stolidobranchia, supplement. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 29: 267-298.

Kott, P. (1992a). The Australian Ascidiacea Part 3, Aplousobranchia (2). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 32: 377-620.

Kott, P. (1992b). The Australian Ascidiacea, supplement 2. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 32: 621-655.

Kott, P. (1997). Tunicates (Sub-Phylum Tunicata). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part III. S. A. Shepherd and Davies, M., South Australian Research and Development Institute (Aquatic Sciences) in conjunction with the Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 1092-1255.

Kott, P. (1998). Tunicata. In Hemichordata, Tunicata, Cephalochordata. Zoological Catalogue of Australia 34. A. Wells and Houston, W. W. K. Melbourne, CSIRO Australia: 51-252.

Kott, P. M. (2001). The Australian Ascidiacea. Part 4, Aplousobranchia (3), Didemnidae. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 47: 1-407.

Kowalewsky, A. (1867). Entwicklungsgeschichte der einfachen Ascidien. Mémoires de l'Académie Impériale des Sciences de St.-Pétersbourg 10: 1-19.

Kramp, P. L. (1957). Some jellyfish from Macquarie Island and Heard Island, ANARE Reports, 33. 6 p.

Kramp, P. L. (1961). Synopsis of the medusae of the world, Cambridge University Press.

Kress, W. J., Heyer, W. R., Acevedo, P., Coddington, J., Cole, D., Erwin, T. L., Meggers, B. J., Pogue, M., Thorington, R. W., Vari, R. P., Weitzman, M. J. and Weitzman, S. H. (1998). Amazonian biodiversity: assessing conservation priorities with taxonomic data. Biodiversity and Conservation 7: 1577-1587.

Kriwoken, L. K. and Haward, M. (1991). Marine and estuarine protected areas in Tasmania, Australia: the complexities of policy development. Ocean and Shoreline Management 15: 143-163.

Krost, P., Bernhard, M., Werner, F. and Hukriede, W. (1990). Otter trawl tracks in Kiel Bay (West Baltic) mapped by side-scan sonar. Meeresforsch 32: 344-353.

Kuo, J. and McComb, A. J. (1989). Seagrass taxonomy, structure and development. In Seagrasses: a treatise on the biology of seagrass with special reference to the Australian region. A. W. D. Larkum, McComb, A. J. and Shephard, S. A. Amsterdam, Elsevier: 6-73.

Kushmaro, A., Henning, G., Hofmann, D. K. and Benayahu, Y. (1997). Metamorphosis of Hexeroxenia fuscescens planulae (Cnidaria: Octocorallina) is inhibited by crude oil: a novel short term toxicity bioassay. Marine Environmental Research 43: 295-302.

Kushmaro, A., Loya, Y., Fine, M. and Rosenberg, E. (1996). Bacterial infection and bleaching. Nature 380: 396.

Kuznetsov, A. P. and Turpaeva, E. P. (1997). Antarctic and abyssal sea spiders (Pantopoda, Pycnogonida). Izvestiya Akademii Nauk Seriya Biologicheskaya 3: 306-314.

Kyle, C. J. and Boulding, E. G. (2000). Comparative population genetic structure of marine gastropods (Littorina spp.) with and without pelagic larval dispersal. Marine Biology 137: 835-845.

Laist, D. W. (1987). Overview of the biological effects of lost and discarded plastic debris in the marine environment. Marine Pollution Bulletin 18: 319-326.

Lambshead, J. (1993). Recent developments in marine benthic biodiversity research. Océanis 19: 5-24.

Lamprell, K. and Healy, J. (1998a). Bivalves of Australia (Vols 1 and 2). Leiden, The Netherlands, Backhuys Publishers.

Lamprell, K. and Whitehead, T. (1992). Bivalves of Australia. Bathurst, NSW, Crawford House Press.

Lamprell, K. L. and Healy, J. M. (1998b). A revision of the Scaphopoda from Australian waters (Mollusca). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 24: 1-189.

Lamprell, K. L. and Healy, J. M. (2001). Scaphopoda. In Zoological Calalogue of Australia. A. Wells and Houston, W. W. K. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing. 17.2: 85-128.

Langston, W. J., Bryan, G. W., Burt, G. R. and Gibbs, P. E. (1990). Assessing the impact of tin and TBT in estuaries and coastal regions. Functional Biology 4: 433-443.

Larkin, P. A. (1977). An epitaph for the concept of maximum sustained yield. Transactions of the American Fish Society 106: 1-11.

Larkum, A. W. D. (1976). Ecology of Botany Bay. 1. Growth of Posidonia australis (Brown) Hook f. in Botany Bay and other bays of the Sydney basin. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 27: 117-127.

Larkum, A. W. D. and Steven, A. D. L. (1994). ENCORE: The effect of nutrient enrichment on coral reefs. 1. Experimental design and research programme. Marine Pollution Bulletin 29: 112-120.

Larsen, K. (2000). Revision of the genus Collettea Lang (Crustacea:

Tanaidacea). Invertebrate Taxonomy 14: 681-693.

Larsen, K. (2001). Morphological and molecular investigation of

polymorphism and cryptic species in tanaid crustaceans: implications for tanaid systematics and biodiversity estimates. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 131: 353-379.

Larson, H. K., Michie, M. G. and Hanley, J. R. (1988). Darwin Harbour, Australian National University North Australian Research Unit, Mangrove Monograph.

Lasiak, T. (1998). Multivariate comparisons of rocky infratidal macrofaunal assemblages from replicate exploited and non-exploited localities on the Transkei coast of South Africa. Marine Ecology Progress Series 167: 15-23.

Lassig, B. and Engelhardt, U. (1994). Crown-of-thorns starfish: another outbreak looms. Search 25: 66–68.

Laverack, M. S. and Dando, J. (1987). Lecture notes on invertebrate zoology. 3rd edition. London, Blackwell Scientific Publications.

Lawton, J. H. and Brown, V. K. (1994). Redundancy in ecosystems. In Biodiversity and ecosystem function. E.-D. Schulze and Mooney, H. A. Berlin, Springer-Verlag: 255-270.

Leal, J. H. and Bouchet, P. (1991). Distribution patterns and dispersal of prosobranch gastropods along a seamount chain in the Atlantic Ocean. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 71: 11-25.

Lee Long, W. J. and Coles, R. G. (1997). Impacts on and responses of seagrasses in the Great Barrier Reef - issue for management. The Great Barrier Reef - science, use and management. A National Conference. Vol 1. 101-106, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.

Lee Long, W. J., Coles, R. G. and McKenzie, L. J. (2000). Issues for seagrass conservation management in Queensland. Pacific Conservation Biology 5: 321-328.

Lee, S. V. (1999). Tropical mangrove ecology: Physical and biotic factors influencing ecosystem structure and function. Australian Journal of Ecology 24: 355-369.

Leigh, E. G. J., Paine, R. T., Quinn, J. F. and Suchanek, T. H. (1986). Wave energy and intertidal productivity. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, USA 84: 1314-1318.

Lenihan, H. S. and Oliver, J. S. (1995). Anthropogenic and natural disturbances to marine benthic communities in Antarctica. Ecological Applications 5: 311-326.

Lepoint, G., Nyssen, F., Gobert, S., Dauby, P. and Bouquegneau, J.-M. (2000). Relative impact of a seagrass bed and its adjacent epilithic algal community in consumer diets. Marine Biology 136: 513-518.

Lesser, M. P. (1989). Photobiology of natural populations of zooxanthellae from the sea anemone Aiptasia pallida: assessment of the host's role in protection against ultraviolet radiation. Cytometry 10: 653-658.

Lesser, M. P. and Shick, J. M. (1989). Effects of irradiance and ultraviolet radiation on photoadaptation in the zooxanthellae of Aiptasia pallida: primary production, photoinhibition, and enzymatic defenses against oxygen toxicity. Marine Biology 102: 243-255.

Lesser, M. P., Stochaj, W. R., Tapley, D. W. and Shick, J. M. (1990). Physiological mechanisms of bleaching in coral reef anthozoans: effects of irradiance, ultraviolet radiation, and temperature, on the production of active oxygen. Coral Reefs 8: 225-232.

Lessios, H. A. (1988). Mass mortality of Diadema antillarium in the Caribbean: What have we learned? Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 19: 371-393.

Lessios, H. A., Kessing, B. D. and Pearse, J. S. (2001). Population structure and speciation in tropical seas: global phylogeography of the sea urchin Diadema. Evolution 55: 955-975.

Lester, R. J. G., and Sewell, K.B (1989). Checklist of parasites from Heron Island, Great Barrier Reef. Australian Journal of Zoology 37: 101-128.

Levin, L., Bair, N., de Masters, D., Plaia, G., Fornes, W., Martin, C. and Thomas, C. (1997). Rapid subduction of organic matter by maldanid polychaetes on the North Carolina slope. Journal of Marine Research 55: 595-611.

Levin, L. A., Childers, S. E. and Smith, C. R. (1991). Epibenthic, agglutinating foraminiferans in the Santa Carolina Basin and their response to disturbance. Deep-Sea Research 38: 465-483.

Levinton, J. S. (1995). Marine biology: function, biodiversity, ecology. New York, Oxford University Press.

Levitan, D. R. (1991). Influence of body size and population density on fertilization success and reproductive output in a free-spawning invertebrate. Biological Bulletin 181: 261-268.

Levitan, D. R. (1992). Community structure in times past: influence of human fishing pressure on algal-urchin interactions. Ecology 73: 1597-1605.

Lewis, J. A. (1999). Biofouling control: towards and beyond the TBT phase-out. Oral presentation. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference. 72. University of Melbourne, 6-9 July 1999.

Liddle, M. J. and Kay, A. M. (1987). Resistance, survival and recovery of trampled coral on the Great Barrier Reef. Biological Conservation 42: 1-18.

Liffmann, M. (1994). Linkages between land-based sources of pollution and marine debris. Abstracts of the Third International Conference on Marine Debris - Seeking Global Solutions, Working Group II. Miami.

Liggins, G. W., Kennelly, S. J. and Broadhurst, M. K. (1996). Observer-based survey of by-catch from prawn trawling in Botany Bay and Port Jackson, New South Wales. Marine and Freshwater Research 47: 877-888.

Liggins, G. W., Scandol, J. P., Montgomery, S., Craig, J. and Macbeth, W. (1999). An assessment of the NSW eastern rock lobster resource for 1999-2000. Cronulla, NSW Fisheries.

Light, J. M. (1998). Marine molluscan conservation: The value of mapping as a conservation tool. Journal of Conchology SPECIAL PUBL: 147-154.

Lincoln Smith, M. P., Skilleter, G. A. and Underwood, A. J. (1995). Cocos (Keeling) Islands:  managing the harvesting of marine organisms. In Recent advances in marine science and technology 1994. O. Bellwood, Choat, J. H. and Saxena, N. Townsville, James Cook University: 605-613.

Lindberg, D. R. (1998). Order Patellogastropoda. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 639-652.

Lindberg, D. R., Estes, J. A. and Warheit, K. I. (1998). Human influences on trophic cascades along rocky shores. Ecological Applications 8: 880-890.

Lindegarth, M. (2001). Assemblages of animals around urban structures: testing hypotheses of patterns in sediments under boat mooring pontoons. Marine Environmental Research 51: 289-300.

Linnane, A., Ball, B., Munday, B., Marlen, B. v., Bergman, M. and Fonteyne, R. (2000). A review of potential techniques to reduce the environmental impact of demersal trawls. Irish Fisheries Investigations (New Series) 7: 1-39.

Lipinski, M. R., Butterworth, D. S., Augustyn, C. J., Brodziak, J. K. T., Christy, G., Des Clers, S., Jackson, G. D., O'Dor, R. K., Pauly, D., Purchase, L. V., Roberts, M. J., Roel, B. A., Sakurai, Y. and Sauer, W. H. H. (1998). Cephalopod fisheries: a future global upside to past overexploitation of living marine resources? Results of an international workshop, 31 August - 2 September 1997, Cape Town, South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 20: 463-469.

Lisbjerg, D. and Peterson, J. K. (2000). Clearance capacity of Electra bellula (Bryozoa) in seagrass meadows of Western Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 244: 285-296.

Lissner, A. L., Taghon, G. L., Diener, D. R., Schroeter, S. C. and Dixon, J. D. (1991). Recolonization of deep-water hard-substrate communities: potential impacts from oil and gas development. Ecological Applications 1: 258-267.

Loneragan, N. R. and Bunn, S. E. (1999). River flows and estuarine ecosystems: Implications for coastal fisheries from a review and a case study of the Logan River, southeast Queensland. Australian Journal of Ecology 24: 431-440.

Longhurst, A. R. and Pauly, D. (1987). Ecology of tropical oceans. San Diego, Academic Press.

Longstaff, B. J., Loneragan, N. R., O'Donohue, M. J. and Dennison, W. C. (1999). Effects of light deprivation on the survival and recovery of the seagrass Halophila ovalis (R.Br.) Hook. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 234: 1-27.

Loreau, M. (2000). Biodiversity and ecosystem functioning: recent theoretical advances. OIKOS 91: 3-17.

Lough, J. M. and Barnes, D. J. (1990). Possible relationships between environmental variables and skeletal density in a coral colony from the central Great Barrier Reef. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 134: 221- 241.

Lough, J. M. and Barnes, D. J. (1995). Massive corals: natural archives of the tropical oceans. Proceedings of the International Scientific Conference on the Tropical Ocean Global Atmosphere (TOGA) Programme, WCRP-91, WMO/TD. 138-142.

Lourey, M. L., Ryan, D. A. J. and Miller, I. R. (2000). Rates of decline and recovery of coral cover on reefs impacted by, recovering from and unaffected by crown-of thorns starfish Acanthaster planci: a regional perspective of the Great Barrier Reef. Marine Ecology Progress Series 196: 176-186.

Lowe, I. (1999). Saving the raw prawn. New Scientist 163: 55.

Lowry, J. K. (1989). Survey of the benthic invertebrates from the Lord Howe Island Rise and seamounts close to the coast of New South Wales. Hobart, R.V. Franklin Research Summary Cruise FR 5/89, CSIRO. 11.

Lowry, J. K. and Fenwick, G. D. (1983). The shallow-water gammaridean Amphipoda of the subantarctic islands of New Zealand and Australia: Melitidae, Hadziidae. Journal of the Royal Society of New Zealand 13: 201-260.

Lowry, J. K., Horning, D. S., Poore, G. C. B. and Ricker, R. W. (1978). The Australian Museum Macquarie Island Expedition, summer 1977-78. Sydney, The Australian Museum. 152 p.

Lowry, J. K. and Poore, G. C. B. (1985). The ampeliscid amphipods of South-eastern Australia (Crustacea). Records of the Australian Museum 36: 259-298.

Lowry, J. K. and Poore, G. C. B. (1989). First ingolfiellids from the Southwest Pacific (Crustacea: Amphipoda) with a discussion of their systematics. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 102: 933-946.

Lowry, J. K. and Poore, G. C. B. (in press). Crustacea: Malacostraca: Syncarida, Peracarida. In Zoological Catalogue of Australia, Vol. 19.2a. W. W. K. Houston and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing Australia.

Lowry, J. K. and Stoddart, H. E. (1983). The shallow-water gammaridean Amphipoda of the subantarctic islands of New Zealand and Australia: Lysianassoidea. Journal of the Royal Society of New Zealand 13: 279-394.

Loya, Y. (1976). Recolonization of Red Sea corals affected by natural catastrophes and man-made perturbations. Ecology 57: 278-289.

Lu, C. C. (1998). A synopsis of Sepiidae in Australian waters (Cephalopoda: Sepioidea). In Systematics and biogeography of cephalopods. Vol I, no. 586. N. A. Voss, Vecchione, M., Toll, R. B. and Sweeney, M. Washington D.C., Smithsonian Institution Press: 159-190.

Lu, C. C. (2001). Cephalopoda. In Zoological Catalogue of Australia. A. Wells and Houston, W. W. K. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing. 17.2: 129-308.

Lu, C. C. and Phillips, J. U. (1985). An annotated checklist of the Cephalopoda from Australian waters. Occasional Papers from the Museum of Victoria 2: 21-36.

Lu, L. and Wu, R. S. S. (1998). Recolonization and succession of marine macrobenthos in organic-enriched sediment deposited from fish farms. Environmental Pollution 101: 241-251.

Lucas, P. H. C., Webb, T., Valentine, P. S. and Marsh, H. (1997). The outstanding universal value of the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. xiii 194 p.

Ludbrook, N. H. (1984). Quaternary molluscs of South Australia. Adelaide, Government Printer.

Ludbrook, N. H. and Gowlett-Holmes, K. L. (1989a). Introduction to the Mollusca. In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part II. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M. Adelaide, South Australian Government Printing Division: 501-503.

Lukowski, A. B. and Ligowski, R. (1987). Cumulation of chloroorganic insecticides by Antarctic marine diatoms. Polish Polar Research 8: 167-178.

Lundberg, P., Ranta, E., Ripa, J. and Kaitala, V. (2000). Population variability in space and time. TREE 15: 460-464.

Lunney, D. (1990). Conservation zoology for the 1990s: a message for writers, editors and publishers based on a survey of readers' preferences in the Australian Zoologist. Australian Zoologist 26: 144-148.

Lunney, D. (1999). Policy lessons from the 1%. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 290-296.

Lunney, D. and Ponder, W. (1999). Emergent themes from the Other 99%. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 446-454.

Luntz, S. (1999). Marine science plan finally surfaces. Australasian Science August 1999: 23-24.

MacArthur, R. H. and Wilson, E. O. (1967). The theory of island biogeography. Princeton, NJ, Princeton University Press.

Mace, G. M. (1999). The IUCN criteria review: Report of the Marine Workshop. Report of a workshop held at the Asia centre of Japan, Tokyo on January 16-17 1999, part of the review of the IUCN Criteria for listing threatened species.

Mace, G. M., Balmford, A., Boitani, L., Cowlishaw, G., Dobson, A. P., Faith, D. P., Gaston, K. J. and Hu, C., J. (2000). It's time to work together and stop duplicating conservation efforts. Nature 395: 603-615.

Mace, G. M. and Lande, R. (1991). Assessing extinction threats: Toward a reevaluation of IUCN threatened species categories. Conservation Biology 5: 148-157.

Maciá, S. and Lirman, D. (1999). Destruction of Florida Bay seagrasses by a grazing front of sea urchins. Bulletin of Marine Science 65: 593-601.

Mack, R. N., Simberloff, D., Lonsdale, W. M., Evans, H., Clout, M. and Bazzaz, F. A. (2000). Biotic Invasions: Causes, Epidemiology, Global Consequences and Control. Ecological Applications 10: 689-710.

Macpherson, J. H. and Gabriel, C. J. (1962). Marine molluscs of Victoria. Melbourne, Melbourne University Press.

Maes, V. (1967). The littoral marine molluscs of Cocos-Keeling Islands (Indian Ocean). Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Science of Philadelphia 119: 93-217.

Makey, L. and Slater, J. (1997). Fauna and habitats potentially threatened by trawling in the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area, Unpublished report prepared for the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.

Malakoff, D. (1997). Extinction on the high seas. Science 277: 486-488.

Malakoff, D. (2000). Grants kick off ambitious count of all ocean life. Science 288: 157-158.

Mangold, K., Clarke, M. R. and Roper, C. F. E. (1998). Class Cephalopoda. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 451-484.

Manning, R. (1980). The superfamilies, families and genera of Recent stomatopod Crustacea, with diagnoses of six new families. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 93: 362-372.

Manning, R. B. and Morton, B. (1987). Pinnotherids (Crustacea: Decapoda) and leptonaceans (Mollusca: Bivalvia) associated with sipunculan worms from Hong Kong. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 100: 543-551.

Manríque, P. H. and Castilla, J. C. (2001). Significance of marine protected areas in central Chile as seeding grounds for the gastropod Concholepas concholepas. Marine Ecology Progress Series 215: 201-211.

Mapstone, B. D., Choat, J. H., Cumming, R. L. and Oxley, W. G. (1989). The fringing reefs of Magnetic Island: Benthic biota and sedimentation. A baseline study, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority research publication. 134 pp.

Marine Research Group of Victoria (1984). Coastal invertebrates of Victoria: an atlas of selected species, Marine Research Group of Victoria in association with the Museum of Victoria.

Marine Science and Technology Plan Working Group (1999). Australia's marine science and technology plan.

Marsh, L. M. (1994). Echinoderms of the Cocos (Keeling) Islands. Atoll Research Bulletin 411: 1-12.

Marsh, L. M. and Slack-Smith, S. (1986). Sea stingers and other venomous and poisonous marine invertebrates of Western Australia. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Marshall, J. G. and Willan, R. C. (1999). Nudibranchs of Heron Island, Great Barrier Reef. A survey of the Opisthobranchia (sea slugs) of Heron and Wistari Reefs. Leiden, Backhuys Publishers.

Martin, J. W. and Davis, G. E. (2001). An updated classification of the Recent Crustacea. Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County Science Series 39: 1-124.

Martosubroto, P. and Naamin, N. (1977). Relationship between tidal forests (mangroves) and commercial shrimp production in Indonesia. Marine Research in Indonesia 18: 81-86.

Mather, P. and Bennett, I., Eds. (1984). A coral reef handbook. A guide to the fauna and flora and geology of Heron Island and adjacent reefs and coves, Australian Coral Reef Society.

Matsuda, F., Szyper, J., Takahashi, P. and Vadus, J. R. (1999). The ultimate ocean ranch. Sea Technology: 17-26.

Mattei, N. and Pellizzato, M. (1996). A population study on three stocks of a commercial Adriatic pectinid (Pecten jacobaeus). Fisheries Research 26: 49-65.

Matthews, E. G. and Queale, L. F. (1997). Littoral insects (Phylum Arthropoda: Class Insecta). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part III. S. A. Shepherd and Davies, M., South Australian Research and Development Institute (Aquatic Sciences) in conjunction with the Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 1073-1091.

Mauchline, J. (1980). The biology of mysids. Advances in Marine Biology 18: 3-373.

Mawson, P. R. and Majer, J. D. (1999). The Western Australian Threatened Species Scientific Committee: lessons from invertebrates. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 369-373.

May, R. F. (1992b). Marine conservation reserves, petroleum exploration and development, and oil spills in coastal waters of Western Australia. Marine Pollution Bulletin 25: 147-154.

May, R. M. (1992a). Bottoms up for the oceans. Nature 357: 278-279.

May, R. M. (1993). Marine species richness: reply. Nature 361: 598.

May, R. M. (1994). Biological diversity: differences between land and sea. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B 343: 105-111.

May, W. L. and Macpherson, J. H. (1958). An illustrated index of Tasmanian shells. Tasmania, L. G. Shea, Government Printer.

Mayer, A. G. (1910). Medusae of the world. Washington D.C., Carnegie Institution of Washington.

Mazzella, L., Buia, M. C., Gambi, M. C., Lorenti, M., Russo, G. F., Scipione, M. B. and Zupo, V. (1992). Plant-animal trophic relationships in the Posidonia oceanica ecosystem of the Mediterranean Sea: a review. In Systematics Association-Plant -Animal Interactions in the Marine Benthos. D. M. John., Hawkins, S. J. and Price, J. H. Oxford, Clarendon Press. 46: 165-187.

McAlpine, D. K. (1991). Review of Australian kelp flies (Diptera: Colelopidae). Systematic Entomology 16: 29-84.

McClatchie, S., Greene, C. H., Macaulay, M. C. and Sturley, D. R. M. (1994). Spatial and temporal variability of Antarctic krill: Implications for stock assessment. ICES Journal of Marine Science 51: 11-18.

McClintock, J. B. and Baker, B. J. (1997). A review of the chemical ecology of Antarctic marine invertebrates. American Zoologist 37: 329-342.

McComb, A. J. and Lake, P. S., Eds. (1988). The conservation of Australian wetlands, Surrey Beatty and Sons Pty Ltd.

McCook, L. J. (2001). Competition between corals and algal turfs along a gradient of terrestrial influences in the nearshore central Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 19: 419-425.

McCook, L. J. and Chapman, A. R. O. (1991). Community succession following massive ice-scour on a rocky intertidal shore: recruitment, competition and predation during early primary succession. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 154: 137-169.

McCook, L. J., Price, I. R. and Klumpp, D. W. (1997). Macroalgae on the GBR: causes or consequences, indicators or models of reef degradation? H. A. Lessios and MacIntyre, I. G., Eds. Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium (Vol. 2). 1851-1856, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute.

McEnnulty, F., Moore, K., Murfet, N., Robertson, B. and Hewitt, C. (1999). Hull fouling as a modern day transport mechanism for the introduction of non-indigenous species: results from the 1998 Tallships Australia event. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference. 79. University of Melbourne, 6-9 July 1999.

McGuinness, K. A. (1990). Effects of oil spills on macro-invertebrates of saltmarshes and mangrove forests in Botany Bay, New South Wales, Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 142: 121-135.

McIlveen, L. (2000). Fishers net win against trawlers. The Australian.

McKenzie, K. G. (1967). Recent Ostracoda from Port Phillip Bay, Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 80: 61-106.

McKenzie, L. J., Lee Long, W. J., Roelofs, A. J., Roder, C. A. and Coles, R. G. (1998). Port of Mourilyn seagrass monitoring: First four years. Ecoports Monograph Series No 15. Brisbane, Ports Corporation of Queensland.

McKinney, M. L. (1997). Extinction vulnerability and selectivity: Combining ecological and paleontological views. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 28: 495-516.

McKinney, M. L. (1998). Is marine biodiversity at less risk? Evidence and implications. Diversity and Distributions 4: 3-8.

McKnight, D. G. (1968). Some echinoids and ophiuroids from off Norfolk Island and Wangenella Bank. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 2: 204-213.

McKnight, D. G. (1976). Some asterozoans from Norfolk Island. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 1: 324-326.

McKnight, D. G. (1977). Crinoids from Norfolk Island and Wangenella Bank. New Zealand Oceanographic Institute Records 3: 129-137.

McLachlan, A., de Ruyck, A. and Hacking, N. (1996). Community structure on sandy beaches: Patterns of richness and zonation in relation to tide range and  latitude. Revista Chilena di Historia Natural (Chilean Journal of Natural History) 69: 451-467.

McLoughlin, R. J. (1994). Sustainable management of Bass Strait scallops. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 36: 307-314.

McMichael, D. F. (1982). What species, what risk? In Species at risk: research in Australia. R. H. Groves and Ride, W. D. L. Canberra, Australian Academy of Science: 3-11.

McNair, A. a. A. (1992). A survey of recreational fishing in Australia. In Recreational fishing in Australia. National Recreational Fisheries Working Group 1992 Sydney, NSW Fisheries.

McNeely, J. A., Miller, K. R., Reid, W. V., Mittermeier, R. A. and Werner, T. B. (1990). Conserving the world's biological diversity. Gland, Switzerland, IUCN.

McNeill, S. E. (1994). The selection and design of marine protected areas: Australia as a case study. Biodiversity and Conservation 3: 586-605.

McQuillan, P. (1999). Tasmania: Tasmanian Threatened Species Protection Act 1995 (In Appendix 1 in Hutchings, P. A. and Ponder, W. F., Workshop: criteria for assessing and conserving threatened invertebrates). In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 309.

Meador, J. P. and Rice, C. A. (2001). Impaired growth in the polychaete Armandia brevis exposed to tributyltin in sediment. Marine Environmental Research 51: 113-129.

Medio, D., Ormond, R. F. G. and Pearson, M. (1997). Effect of briefings on rates of damage to corals by SCUBA divers. Biological Conservation 79: 91-95.

Meehan, B. (1982). Shell bed to shell midden. Canberra, Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.

Meehan, C. (1995). Education: improving the image of invertebrates. Victorian Naturalist 112: 60-62.

Meesters, E., Knijn, R., Willemsen, P., Pennartz, R., Roebers, G. and van Soest, R. W. M. (1991). Sub-rubble communities of Curaçao and Bonaire coral reefs. Coral Reefs 10: 189-197.

Menge, B. A. (1995). Indirect effects in marine rocky intertidal interaction webs: patterns and importance. Ecological Monographs 65: 21-74.

Menge, B. A. (2000). Top-down and bottom-up community regulation in marine rocky intertidal habitats. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 250: 257-289.

Menge, B. A., Lubchenko, J. and Ashkenas, L. R. (1985). Diversity, heterogeneity and consumer pressure in a tropical rocky intertidal community. Oecologia 65: 394-405.

Menge, B. A. and Sutherland, J. P. (1987). Community regulation: variation in disturbance, competition, and predation in relation to environmental stress and recruitment. American Naturalist 130: 730-757.

Michalek-Wagner, K. and Willis, B. L. (2001a). Impacts of bleaching on the soft coral Lobophytum compactum. I. Fecundity, fertilization and offspring viability. Coral Reefs 19: 231-239.

Michalek-Wagner, K. and Willis, B. L. (2001b). Impacts of bleaching on the soft coral Lobophytum compactum. II. Biochemical changes in adults and their eggs. Coral Reefs 19: 240-246.

Middelfart, P. (2000). A biotic database for Indo-Pacific marine Mollusca. W. F. Ponder, Ed. Molluscs 2000. 63. Sydney, The Malacological Society of Australasia.

Millar, A. J. K. and Kraft, G. T. (1993). Catalogue of marine and freshwater red algae (Rhodophyta) of New South Wales, Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 6: 1–90.

Millar, A. J. K. and Kraft, G. T. (1994a). Catalogue of marine brown algae (Phaeophyta) of New South Wales, including Lord Howe Island, south-western Pacific. Australian Systematic Botany 7: 1–46.

Millar, A. J. K. and Kraft, G. T. (1994b). Catalogue of marine green algae (Chlorophyta) of New South Wales, including Lord Howe Island, south-western Pacific. Australian Systematic Botany 7: 419–415.

Millar, R. and Danette, B. O. (1995). Abundance of large toheroa (Paphies ventricosa Gray) at Oreti Beach, 1971-1990, estimated from two-dimensional systematic samples. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research: 29(1).

Miller, K. J. (1998). Short-distance dispersal of black coral larvae: inference from spatial analysis of colony genotypes. Marine Ecology Progress Series 163: 225-233.

Miller, M. W. (2001). Corallivorous snail removal: evaluation of impact on Acropora palmata. Coral Reefs 19: 293-295.

Miller, S. E. and Holloway, J. D. (1991). Priorities for conservation research in Papua New Guinea: non-marine invertebrates. In Conservation and environment in Papua New Guinea: establishing research priorities. M. Pearl, Beehler, B., Allison, A. and Taylor, M., Government Papua New Guinea/Wildlife Conservation International: 44-58.

Mills, C. E. (1995). Medusae, siphonophores, and ctenophores as planktivorous predators in changing global ecosystems. ICES Journal of Marine Science 52: 575-581.

Mills, L. S., Soulé, M. E. and Doak, D. F. (1993). The keystone-species concept in ecology and conservation. BioScience 43: 219-224.

Millsap, B. A., Gore, J. A., Runde, D. E. and Cerulean, S. I. (1990). Setting priorities for the conservation of fish and wildlife species in Florida. Wildlife Monographs 111: 1-57.

Minelli, A. (1993). Biological systematics. The state of the art. London, Chapman and Hall.

Mitsch, W. and Gosselink, J. (1993). Wetlands. Second Edition. New York, Von Nostrand Reinhold.

MMBW (1973). Environmental study of Port Phillip Bay, report on Phase One. 1968-1971, Melbourne and Metropolitan Board of Works and Fisheries and Wildlife Department of Victoria. 372 pp.

Montgomery, S., Chen, Y., Craig, J. and Diver, L. (1998). An assessment of the NSW eastern rock lobster resource for 1998/99. Cronulla, N.S.W, NSW Fisheries. 65 pages.

Moore, B. and Zeidner, J. (1999). The legendary ocean - the unexplored frontier. Sea Technology: 29-34.

Moore, M. (1998). The National Oceans Policy - will it be a vision for the future? Wildlife News (WWF) July-Sept 98: 6-7.

Moore, P. G. (1981). Marine Amphipoda (Crustacea) new to science from the Tasmanian phytal fauna. Journal of Natural History 15: 939-964.

Moore, P. G. (1987). Taxonomic studies on Tasmanian phytal amphipods (Crustacea): the families Anamixidae, Leucothoidae and Sebidae. Journal of Natural History 21: 239-262.

Moran, P. J. and Bradbury, R. H. (1989). The crown-of-thorns starfish controversy. Search 20: 3-6.

Moran, P. J., Reichelt, R. E. and Bradbury, R. H. (1986). An assessment of the geological evidence for previous Acanthaster outbreaks. Coral Reefs 4: 235-238.

Moreno, C. A. (1986). Un resumen de las consecuencias ecológicas de la exclusión del hombre en la zona intermareal de Mehuín-Chile. Estudios Oceanológicos 5: 59-66.

Moreno, C. A., Sutherland, J. P. and Jara, F. H. (1984). Man as a predator in the intertidal zone of southern Chile. OIKOS 42: 155-160.

Morgan, G. J. (1987). Hermit crabs (Decapoda: Anomura: Coenobitidae, Diogenidae, Paguridae) of Darwin and Port Essington, Northern Australia. Beagle 4: 165-186.

Morgan, G. J. (1989). The hermit crabs (Decapoda: Anomura: Diogenidae, Paguridae) of southwestern Australia, with descriptions of two new species. Records of the Western Australian Museum 14: 391-417.

Morgan, G. J. (1994). Decapod crustaceans of the Cocos (Keeling) Islands. Atoll Research Bulletin 414: 1-11.

Morgan, G. J. and Jones, D. S. (1987). More deepwater crustaceans found off NW Australia. FINS 20: 13-15.

Morgan, G. J. and Wells, F. E. (1991). Zoogeographic provinces of the Humboldt, Benguela and Leeuwin Current systems. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 74: 59-69.

Morgan, G. L. and Forest, J. (1991). Seven new species of hermit crabs from northern and Western Australia (Decapoda, Anomura, Diogenidae). Bulletin du Museum National d'Historie Naturelle, Paris 4ere series 12A: 649-89.

Morris, M. G. (1986). The scientific basis of insect conservation. Proceedings of the 3rd European Congress of Entomology. 357-367. Amsterdam.

Morrisey, D. (1995). Saltmarshes. In Coastal marine ecology of temperate Australia. A. J. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 205-220.

Morrisey, D. J., Howit, L., Underwood, A. J. and Stark, J. S. (1992a). Spatial variation in soft sediment benthos. Marine Ecology Progress Series 81: 197-204.

Morrisey, D. J., Underwood, A. J. and Howitt, L. (1993). Scales of Spatial Patchiness in the Distribution of Marine Soft Sediment Faunas. In Proceedings of the 2nd International Temperate Reef Symposium. C. N. Battershill, Schiel, D. R., Jones, G. P., Creese, R. G. and MacDiarmid, A. B. Wellington, NIWA Marine: 107-113.

Morrisey, D. J., Underwood, A.J., Howitt, L. and Stark, J.S. (1992b). Temporal variation in soft sediment benthos. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 164: 233-45.

Morton, B. (1988). Partnerships in the sea: Hong Kong's marine symbioses. Hong Kong, Hong Kong University Press.

Morton, B. (1994). Hong Kong's coral communities: status, threats and management plans. Marine Pollution Bulletin 29: 74-83.

Morton, B. (1996). The subsidiary impacts of dredging (and trawling) on a subtidal benthic molluscan community in the southern waters of Hong Kong. Marine Pollution Bulletin 32: 701-710.

Moss, A. J., Rayment, G. E., Reilly, N. and Best, E. K. (1992). A preliminary assessment of sediment and nutrient exports from Queensland coastal catchments. Technical Report No. 4. Brisbane, Queensland Department of Environment and Heritage. 33 pp.

Moverley, J. and Hirst, A. (1999). Estuarine health assessment using benthic macrofauna. National River Health Program, Urban Sub Program, Report No 11, LWRRDC Occasional Paper 18/99. Canberra, Land and Water Resources Research and Development Corporation. 112.

Mühlenhardt-Siegel, U. (1999). On the biogeography of Cumacea (Crustacea, Malacostraca). A comparison between South America, the Subantartic Islands and Antarctica: present state of art. Scientia Marina 63: 295-302.

Mukai, H. (1993). Biogeography of the tropical seagrasses in the Western Pacific. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 44: 1-17.

Muldoon, J., Ed. (1995). Towards a marine regionalisation for Australia. Proceedings of a workshop held in Sydney, New South Wales, 4-6 March 1994. Ocean Rescue 2000 Series, Publication Number 1, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.

Münchenberg, S. (1998). Commonwealth environmental legislation review - a small revolution. Environmental and Planning Law Journal 15: 77-82.

Muńoz-Barbosa, A., Gutiérrez-Galindo, E. A. and Flores-Muńoz, G. (2000). Mytilus californianus as an indicator of heavy metals on the northwest coast of Baja California, Mexico. Marine Environmental Research 49: 123-144.

Munro, J. L. (1989). Fisheries for giant clams (Tridacnidae: Bivalvia) and prospects for stock enhancement. In Marine invertebrate fisheries: their assessment and managment. J. F. Caddy. New York, John Wiley and Sons: 541-558.

Munro, J. L. (1993). Giant clams. In Nearshore marine resources of the South Pacific (information for fisheries development and management). A. Wright and Hill, L. Suva; Honiara; Canada, Institute of Pacific Studies, Forum Fisheries Agency, International Centre for Ocean Development: 431-449.

Muricy, G. (1989). Sponges as pollution biomonitors at Arraial do Cabo, southeastern Brazil. Revista Brasileira de Biologia 49: 347-354.

Murphy, D. D. and Duffus, D. A. (1996). Conservation biology and marine biodiversity. Conservation Biology 10: 311-312.

Murphy, G., Turnbull, C., Manning, R. and Pearson, R. (1990). Trace element profiles of Clams (Tridacna crocea) gathered from various sites in Torres Strait. D. L. a. T. Cansfield-Smith, Ed. Sustainable Development for Traditional Inhabitants of the Torres Strait Region, 303-310. Cairns QLD, GBRMPA.

Muscatine, L. (1990). The role of symbiotic algae in carbon and energy flux in reef corals. Coral Reefs 25: 1-29.

Muscatine, L., Grossman, D. and Doino, J. (1991). Release of symbiotic algae by tropical sea-anemones and corals after cold shock. Marine Ecology Progress Series 77: 233-243.

Myers, A. A. (1988). The genera Archaeobemlos n. gen., Bemlos Shoemaker, Protolembos Myers and Globosolemnos Myers (Amphipoda, Aoridae, Aorinae) from Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 40: 265-332.

Myers, A. A. (1997). Biogeographic boundaries and the development of marine biodiversity. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 44: 241-248.

Myers, A. A. and Moore, P. G. (1983). The New Zealand and SE Australian species of Aora Kröyer (Amphipoda, Gammaridea). Records of the Australian Museum 35: 167-180.

Naeem, S. and Li, S. (1997). Biodiversity enhances ecosystem reliability. Nature 390: 507-509.

Naeem, S. and Li, S. (1998). A more reliable design for biodiversity study? - reply. Nature 394: 30.

Nagelkerken, I., Buchan, K., Smith, G. W., Bonair, K., Bush, P., Garzon-Ferreira, J., Botero, L., Gayle, P., Harvell, C. D., Heberer, C., Kim, K., Petrovic, C., Pors, L. and Yoshioka, P. (1997a). Widespread fungal pathogen in Caribbean sea fans: II. Patterns of infection and tissue mortality. Marine Ecology Progress Series 160: 255-263.

Nagelkerken, I., Buchan, K., Smith, G. W., Bonair, K., Bush, P., Garzón-Ferreira, J., Botero, L., Gayle, P., Heberer, C., Petrovic, C., Pors, L. and Yoshioka, P. (1997b). Widespread disease in Caribbean sea fans: I. Spreading and general characteristics. Proceedings, 8th International Coral Reef Symposium 1: 679-682.

Nagelkerken, I., Kleijnen, S., Klop, T., van den Brand, R. A. C. J., Cocheret, d. l. M. E. and van der Velde, G. (2001). Dependence of Caribbean reef fishes on mangroves and seagrass beds as nursery habitats: a comparison of fish faunas between bays with and without mangroves/seagrass beds. Marine Ecology Progress Series 214: 225-235.

Nakamura, T. and Woesik, R. v. (2001). Water-flow rates and passive diffusion partially explain differential survial of corals during the 1998 bleaching event. Marine Ecology Progress Series 212: 301-304.

Nash, S. (1989). The plight of systematists: are they an endangered species? Scientist: 7.

Nash, W. J. (1985). Aspects of the biology of Trochus niloticus (Gastropoda: Trochidae) and its fishery in the Great Barrier Reef region, Report to the Queensland Department of Primary Industries and to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. 210.

Naylor, R. L., Williams, S.L. and Strong, D.R (2001). Aquaculture- A gateway for exotic species. Science 294: 1655-1656.

Negri, A. P. and Heyward, A. J. (2000). Inhibition of fertilisation and larval metamorphosis of the coral Acropora millepora (Ehrenberg, 1834) by petroleum products. Marine Pollution Bulletin 41: 420-427.

Negri, A. P., Smith, L. D., Webster, N. S. and Heyward, A. J. (2002). Understanding ship-grounding impacts on a coral reef: potential effects of anti-foulant paint contamination on coral recruitment. Marine Pollution Bulletin 44: 111-117.

Neil, D. and Yu, B. (1996). Simple climate-driven models for estimating sediment input to the Great Barrier Reef lagoon. In Great Barrier Reef: terrigenous sediment flux and human impacts Townsville, Reef Research Centre: 122-128.

New, T. R. (1991). Swallowtail butterflies as flagships for insect conservation. News Bulletin of the Entomological Society of Queensland 19: 95-107.

New, T. R. (1993). Angels on a pin: dimensions of the crisis in invertebrate conservation. American Zoologist 33: 623-630.

New, T. R. (1994). Conservation assessment of invertebrate assemblages: is there a place for global level taxon-focusing? Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 36: 153-157.

New, T. R. (1995a). Focussing on species for invertebrate conservation. Victorian Naturalist 112: 29-31.

New, T. R. (1995b). Introduction to invertebrate conservation biology. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

New, T. R. (1996). Taxonomic focus and quality control in insect surveys for biodiversity conservation. Australian Journal of Entomology 35: 97-106.

New, T. R. (1999). Descriptive taxonomy as a facilitating discipline in invertebrate conservation. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 154-158.

Newell, R. C., Seiderer, L. J. and Hitchcock, D. R. (1998). The impact of dredging works in coastal waters: a review of the sensitivity to disturbance and subsequent recovery of biological resources on the sea bed. Oceanography and Marine Biology: an Annual Review 36: 127-178.

Newell, R. I. E. (1988). Ecological changes in Chesapeake Bay: are they the result of overharvesting the American oyster, Crassostrea virginica? In Understanding the estuary: advances in Chesapeake Bay research. Proceedings of a conference. M. P. Lynch and Krom, E. C. Baltimore, Md, Chesapeake Research Consortium Publication CRC129: 536-546 (29-31?).

Newman, D. J. (1996). Keynote address: Bryostatin - from bryozoan to cancer drug. In Bryozoans in space and time. D. P. Gordon, Smith, A. M. and Grant-Mackie, J. A. Wellington, National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research.

Newman, L. J. and Cannon, L. R. G. (1994). Biodiversity of tropical polyclad flatworms from the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 36: 159-163.

Newman, S., Dunlap, W., Nicol, S. and Ritz, D. A. (2000). Antarctic krill (Euphausia superba) acquire UV-absorbing mycosporine-like amino acids from dietary algae. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 255: 93-110.

Newman, W. A. (1991). Origins of Southern Hemisphere endemism, especially among marine Crustacea. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 31: 51-76.

Newton, G. M. (1999). The deep sea environment - Earth's final frontier. AMSA Bulletin 147: 17-21.

Nicholas, W. L., Bird, A. F., Beech, T. A. and Stewart, A. C. (1992). The nematode fauna of the Murray River estuary; the effects of the barrages across its mouth. Hydrobiologea 234: 87-101.

Nicholas, W. L., Elek, J. A., Stewart, A. C. and Marples, T. G. (1991). The nematode fauna of a temperate Australian mangrove mudflat; its population density, diversity and distribution. Hydrobiologia 209: 13-29.

Nicholas, W. L. and Hodda, M. (1999). The free-living nematodes of a temperate, high-energy, sandy beach: faunal composition and variation over space and time. Hydrobiologia 394: 113-127.

Nicol, J. A. C., Donahue, W. H., Wang, R. T. and Winters, K. (1977). Chemical composition and the effects of water extracts of petroleum on eggs of the sand dollar Melitta quinquiespeforata. Marine Biology 40: 309-316.

Nielsen, C. (1989). Entoprocts. In Synopses of the British Fauna, New Series, Vol. 41. E. J. Brill. Leiden: 131.

Nielsen, E. S. and West, J. G. (1994). Biodiversity research and biological collections: transfer of information. In Systematics and Conservation Evaluation. P. L. Forey, Humphries, C. J. and Vane-Wright, R. I. Oxford UK, Clarendon Press. Systematics Association Special Volume No. 50: 101-121.

Ninio, R., Meekan, M., Done, T. J. and Sweatman, H. (2000). Temporal patterns in coral assemblages on the Great Barrier Reef from local to large spatial scales. Marine Ecology Progress Series 194: 65-74.

Norman, M. D. (1992). Systematics and biogeography of the shallow-water octopuses (Cephalopoda: Octopodidae) of the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Melbourne, University of Melbourne.

Norman, M. D. and Reid, A. (2000). A guide to the squid, cuttlefish and octopuses of Australia. Melbourne, The Gould League of Australia and CSIRO Publishing.

Norman, M. D. and Sant, G. J. (1995). Conservation issues for marine invertebrates in Victorian waters. Victorian Naturalist 112: 20-28.

Norris, S. (1999). Marine life in the limelight.  Potent biochemical defenses help many marine organisms withstand the rigors of ultraviolet radiation. BioScience 49: 520-526.

Norse, E. A. (1993). Global marine biological diversity - a strategy for building conservation into decision making. A contribution to the Global Biodiversity Strategy, co-sponsored by the Center for Marine Conservation, World Conservation Union (IUCN), World Wildlife Fund, United Nations Environment Programme, and World Bank. Washington, D.C., Island Press.

Norse, E. A. (1996). A river that flows to the sea: The marine biological diversity movement. Oceanography 9: 5-9.

Norse, E. A. (1997). Uncharted waters. Conserving marine biological diversity. In Principles of conservation biology. 2nd edition. G. K. Meffe and Carroll, C. R. Sunderland, MA, Sinauer: 94-97.

Northern Territory Government (1994). A conservation strategy for the Northern Territory. Darwin, Government Printer of the Northern Territory.

Norton, B. G. (1986). On the inherent danger of undervaluing species. In The preservation of species. B. G. Norton. Princeton, Princeton University Press: 110-137.

Nowlis, J. S., Roberts, C. M., Smith, A. H. and Erkki, S. (1997). Human-enhanced impacts of a tropical storm on nearshore coral reefs. Ambio 26: 515-521.

NSW EPA (1997). Technical report. Volume I. Monitoring benthic ecosystems near Malabar Deepwater Ocean Outfall. Bankstown, NSW Environment Protection Authority.

NSW Fisheries (1998a). Policy and guidelines - aquatic habitat management and fish conservation. Sydney, NSW Fisheries.

NSW Fisheries (1998b). Status of fisheries resources 1997/98, NSW Fisheries. 214.

NSWMPA (2001a). Draft Zoning Plan for Jervis Bay Marine Park, NSW Marine Parks Authority. 1-36.

NSWMPA (2001b). Revised Draft Zoning Plan for Solitary Islands Marine Park, NSW Marine Park Authority. 1-34.

NSWMPA (2002). Overview of the zoning plan Solitary Islands Marine Park. 21pp.

O'Connor, P. (1999). New South Wales: Fisheries Management Amendment Act 1997 (In Appendix 1 in Hutchings, P. A. and Ponder, W. F., Workshop: criteria for assessing and conserving threatened invertebrates). In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 309.

Odum, E. P. (1959). Fundamentals in ecology. 2nd edition.

Oehlmann, J., Stroben, E., Schulte-Oehlmann, U., Bauer, B., Fioroni, P. and Markert, B. (1996). Tributyltin biomonitoring using prosobranchs as sentinel organisms. Fresenius Journal of Analytical Chemistry 354: 540-545.

Oehlmann, J., Stroeben, E. and Fioroni, P. (1991). The morphological expression of imposex in Nucella lapillus (Linnaeus) (Gastropoda: Muricidae). Journal of Molluscan Studies 57: 375-390.

Office of the Chief Scientist (1992). Scientific aspects of major environmental issues: Biodiversity. Papers prepared by two independent working groups for consideration by the Prime Minister's Science Council at its sixth meeting, 18 May 1992. Canberra, Office of the Chief Scientist, Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet. Australian Government Publishing Service. 19.

O'Hara, T. (1995). Marine invertebrate conservation at San Remo. Victorian Naturalist 112: 50-53.

O'Hara, T. D. (1998a). Systematics and biology of Macquarie Island echinoderms. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 57: 167-223.

O'Hara, T. D. (1999b). Ballast water update. WAVES 6: 1-2.

O'Hara, T. D. (in press). Endemism, rarity and vulnerability of marine species along a temperate coastline. Invertebrate Systematics.

O'Hara, T. D. and Barmby, V. (2000). Victorian marine species of conservation concern: molluscs, echinoderms and decapod crustaceans. East Melbourne, Parks, Flora and Fauna Division, Department of Natural Resources and Environment. 48.

O'Hara, T. D., O'Loughlin, P. M. and Tutera, P. (1999a). Echinoderms of Heard Island. Unpublished report to the Australian Antarctic Division by Museum Victoria.

O'Hara, T. D. and Poore, G. C. B. (2000). Patterns of distribution for southern Australian marine echinoderms and decapods. Journal of Biogeography 27: 1321-1335.

Ohtsuka, S., Grygier, M. J. and Torigoe, K. (1999). The phylogeny, zoogeography, and ecology of marine cavernicolous crustaceans. Taxa 6: 3-13.

Oliva, D. and Castilla, J. C. (1986). The effect of human exclusion on the population structure of keyhole limpets Fissurella crassa and F. limbata on the coast of central Chile. Marine Ecology (Berlin) 7: 201-217.

Oliver, I. and Beattie, A. J. (1996). Designing a cost-effective invertebrate survey: A test of methods for rapid assessment of biodiversity. Ecological Applications 6: 594-607.

Oliver, J. (1995). Is the 'Limits of acceptable change' concept useful for environmental managers? A case study from the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. In Conservation through sustainable use of wildlife. G. C. Grigg, Hale, P. T. and Lunney, D., Centre for Conservation Biology, University of Queensland: 131-139.

Olsgard, F., Somerfield, P. J. and Carr, M. R. (1998). Relationships between taxonomic resolution, macrobenthic community patterns and disturbance. Marine Ecology Progress Series 172: 25-36.

Olson, R. R. (1985). The consequences of short-distance larval dispersal in a sessile marine invertebrate. Ecology 66: 30-39.

O'Neill, R. V. (2001). Is it time to bury the Ecosytem concept? (with full military honors, of course). Ecology 82: 3275-3284.

Ong, J. E. (1982). Mangroves and aquaculture in Malaysia. Ambio 11: 252-257.

Ong, J. E. (1995). The ecology of mangrove conservation and management. Hydrobiologia 295: 343-351.

Opalinski, K. W., Maciejewska, K. and Georgieva, L. V. (1997). Notes on food selection in the Antarctic krill, Euphausia superba. Polar Biology 17: 350-357.

Oritz, E. and Burchmore, J. (1992). The development of a representative system of Marine and Estuarine Protected Areas for New South Wales, Report prepared by New South Wales Fisheries for Australian National Parks and Wildlife service.

Ormond, R. F. G., Bradbury, R., Bainbridge, S., Fabricus, K., Keesing, J., De Vantier, L., Medley, P. and Steven, A. (1991). Test of a model of regulation of Crown-of-Thorns starfish by fish predators. In Acanthaster and the coral reef: a theoretical perspective. R. H. Bradbury. Berlin, Springer-Verlag.

Ormond, R. F. G. and Douglas, A., Eds. (1996). The exploitation of coral reefs. Ecological Issue No. 7, Field Studies Council (for British Ecological Society).

Ormond, R. F. G., Gage, J. D. and Angel, M. V. (1997). Marine biodiversity: patterns and processes. Cambridge, U.K., Cambridge University Press.

O'Sullivan, D. O. S. (1986). A guide to the Ctenophores of the Southern Ocean and adjacent waters. ANARE Research Notes 36: 1-43.

Otto, J. C. (2001a). Halacaridae from the Great Barrier Reef lagoon and Coral Sea: Copidognathus ornatus  group  (Acarina: Prostigmata: Halacaroidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 45: 717-731.

Otto, J. C. (2001b). Halacaridae from the Great Barrier Reef lagoon and Coral Sea: Halacarellus and Halacarus (Acarina: Halacaroidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 45: 691- 716.

Otway, N. M. (1995). Assessing impacts of deepwater sewage disposal: a case study from New South Wales, Australia. Marine Pollution Bulletin 31: 347-354.

Otway, N. M. (1999a). Identification of canditate sites for declaration as aquatic reserves for the conservation of rocky intertidal communities in the Hawkesbury Shelf and Batemans Shelf Bioregion, NSW Fisheries, 28. 88 p.

Otway, N. M., Gray, C. A., Craig, J. R., McVea, T. A. and Ling, J. E. (1996). Assessing the impacts of deepwater sewage outfalls on spatially- and temporally-variable marine communities. Marine Environmental Research 41: 45-71.

Otway, N. W. (1999b). Identification of candidate sites for declaration as aquatic reserves for the conservation of rocky intertidal communities in the Hawkesbury Shelf and Batemans Shelf Bioregions, NSW Fisheries. 1-88.

Padilla, D. K. and Allen, B. J. (2000). Paradigm lost: reconsidering functional form and group hypotheses in marine ecology. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 250: 207-221.

Paine, R. T. (1966). Food web complexity and species diversity. American Naturalist 100: 65-75.

Paine, R. T. (1969). A note on trophic complexity and community stability. American Naturalist 103: 91-93.

Paine, R. T., Castilla, J. C. C. and Cancino, J. (1985). Perturbation and recovery patterns of starfish-dominated intertidal assemblages in Chile, New Zealand, and Washington State. American Naturalist 125: 679-691.

Paine, R. T., Ruesink, J. L., Sun, A., Soulanille, E. L., Wonham, M. J., Harley, C. D. G., Brumbaugh, D. R. and Secord, D. L. (1996). Trouble on oiled waters: lessons from the Exxon Valdez Oil Spill. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 27: 197-235.

Paling, E. I., van Keulen, M., Wheeler, K. and Walker, C. (2000). Effects of depth on manual transplantation of the seagrass Amphibolis griffithii  (JM Black) den Hartog on Success Bank, Western Australia. Pacific Conservation Biology 5: 314- 320.

Palmer, C. P. and Steiner, G. (1998). Introduction to Class Scaphopoda. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 431-438.

Palumbi, S. R. (1994). Genetic divergence, reproductive isolation, and marine speciation. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 25: 547-572.

Palumbi, S. R., Grabowsky, G., Duda, T., Geyer, L. and Tachino, N. (1997). Speciation and population genetic structure in tropical Pacific sea urchins. Evolution 51: 1506-1517.

Pari, N., Peyrot-Clausade, M. and Hutchings, P. A. (in press). Bioerosion of experimental substrates on high islands and atoll lagoons (French Polynesia) five years of exposure. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology.

Pari, N., Peyrot-Clausade, M., Le Campion-Alsumard, T., Hutchings, P. A., Chazottes, V., Golubic, S., Le Campion, J. and Fontaine, M. F. (1998). Bioerosion of experimental substrates on high islands and on atoll lagoons (French Polynesia) after two years of exposure. Marine Ecology Progress Series 166: 119-130.

Parker, P. (1995). Marine and estuarine conservation of NSW coastal waters. Sydney South, National Parks Association of NSW Inc.

Parks and Wildlife Service (1998). Threatened species - invertebrates. Patiriella vivipara. http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/esl/seastar.html, Parks and Wildlife Service, Tasmania.

Parry, G. D., Campbell, S. J. and Hobday, D. K. (1990). Marine resources off east Gippsland, southeastern Australia, Marine Science Laboratory Technical Report, 72. 166 pp.

Patrick, R. (1997). Systematics: a keystone to understanding biodiversity. In Biodiversity II. Understanding and protecting our biological resources. M. L. Reaka-Kudla, Wilson, D. E. and Wilson, E. O. Washington, Joseph Henry Press: 213-216.

Pauly, D. (1995). Anecdotes and the shifting baseline syndrome of fisheries. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 10: 430.

Pauly, D. and Christensen, V. (1995). Primary production required to sustain global fisheries. Nature 374: 255-257.

Pauly, D., Christensen, V., Dalsgaard, J., Froese, R. and Torres, F. (1998). Fishing down marine food webs. Science 279: 860-863.

Paw, J. N. and Chua, T. E. (1989). An assessment of the ecological and economic impact of mangrove conversion in Southeast Asia. Marine Pollution Bulletin 20: 335-343.

Pawlik, J. R. (1992). Chemical ecology of the settlement of marine invertebrates. Oceanography and Marine Biology Annual Review 30: 273-335.

Paxton, H. (1979). Taxonomy and aspects of the life history of Australian beachworms (Polychaeta: Onuphidae). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 30: 265-294.

Pearce, A. F. and Walker, D. I. (1991). The Leewin Current: an influence on the coastal climate and marine life of Western Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 74: 1-140.

Pearce, F. (1999). Coral grief. The cause of reef health problems may be blowing in the wind. New Scientist 163: 22.

Pearman, P. B. (2001). Conservation value of independently evolving units: Sacred cow or testable hypothesis? Conservation Biology 15: 780-783.

Pearson, T. H. and Rosenberg, R. (1978). Macrobenthic succession in relation to organic enrichment and pollution of the marine environment. Oceanography and Marine Biology Annual Review 16: 229-311.

Peck, L. S., Brockington, S., Vanhove, S. and Beghyn, M. (1999). Community recovery following catastrophic iceberg impacts in a soft-sediment shallow-water site at Signy Island, Antarctica. Marine Ecology Progress Series 186: 1-8.

Peck, L. S., Hayward, P. J. and Spencer-Jones, M. E. (1995). A pelagic bryozoan from Antarctica. Marine Biology 123: 757-762.

Pelegri, S. P. and Blackburn, T. H. (1995). Effect of bioturbation by Nereis sp., Mya arenaria and Cerastoderma sp. on nitrification and denitrification in estuarine sediments. Ophelia 42: 289-299.

Pendoley, K. (1992). Hydrocarbons in Rowley Shelf (Western Australia) oysters and sediments. Marine Pollution Bulletin 24: 285-292.

Penn, J. W., Watson, R. A., Caputi, N. and Hall, N. (1997). Protecting vulnerable stocks in multi-species prawn fisheries. In Developing and sustaining world fisheries resources: the state of science and management. 2nd World Fisheries Congress. D. A. Hancock, Smith, D. C., Grant, A. and Beumer, J. P. Collingwood, Victoria, CSIRO Publishing: 122-129.

Pernet, B. (1999). Gamete interactions and genetic differentiation among three sympatric polychaetes. Evolution 53: 435-446.

Petchey, O. L. (2000). Notes and Comments. Species Diversity, Species Extinction and Ecosystem Function. American Naturalist 155: 696-702.

Peters, E. C., Gassman, N. J., Firman, J. C., Richmond, R. H. and Power, E. A. (1997). Ecotoxicology of tropical marine ecosystems. Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry 16: 12-40.

Peterson, B. J. and Heck, K. L. J. (2001). Positive interactions between suspension-feeding bivalves and seagrass- a facultative mutualism. Marine Ecology Progress Series 213: 143-155.

Peterson, C. H., Irlandi, E. A. and Black, R. (1994). The crash in suspension-feeding bivalve populations (Katelysia spp.) in Princess Royal Harbour: an unexpected consequence of eutrophication. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 176: 39-52.

Peterson, C. H. and Summerson, H. C. (1992). Basin-scale coherence of population dynamics of an exploited marine invertebrate, the bay scallop: implications of recruitment limitation. Marine Ecology Progress Series 90: 257-272.

Peterson, C. H. and Wells, F. E. (1998). Molluscs in marine and estuarine sediments. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 36-46.

Pet-Soede, C., Cesar, H. S. J. and Pet, J. S. (1999). An economic analysis of blast fishing on Indonesian coral reefs. Environmental Conservation 26: 83-93.

Phatak, A. and Palmer, M. (1998). Effect of drilling at North Rankin A on benthic fauna and sediment chemistry, Woodside Offshore Petroleum Pty Ltd.

Phillips, B. F. and Crossland, C. (1990). Rock lobster fisheries: Enhanced commercial yields. D. Lawrence and Cansfield -Smith, T., Eds. Sustainable Development for Traditional Inhabitants of the Torres Strait Region. 295-302. Cairns QLD, GBRMPA.

Phillips, D. J. H. (1993). Bioaccumulation. In Handbook on ecotoxicology. P. Calow. London, Blackwell Scientific Publications.

Phillips, D. J. H., Richardson, B. J., Murray, A. P. and Fabris, J. G. (1992b). Trace metals, organochlorines and hydrocarbons in Port Phillip Bay, Victoria: a historical review. Marine Pollution Bulletin 25: 200-217.

Phillips, J. A. (2001). Marine macroalgal biodiversity hotspots: why is there high species richness and endemism in southern Australian marine benthic flora? Biodiversity and Conservation 10: 1555-1577.

Phinney, J. T., Muller-Karger, F., Dustan, P. and Sobel, J. (2001). Using remote sensing to reassess the mass mortality of Diadema antillarum 1983-1984. Conservation Biology 15: 885-891.

Pianka, E. R. (1966). Latitudinal gradients in species diversity: a review of concepts. American Naturalist 100: 33-46.

Pichon, M. (1995). An assessment of the nature conservation values of the Commonwealth waters surrounding Lord Howe Island. A report commissioned by the Australian Nature Conservation Agency for the Ocean Rescue 2000 program. Townsville, Australian Institute of Marine Science. 25.

Pickett, S. T. A. and White, P. S. (1985). The ecology of natural disturbance and patch dynamics. Orlando, Academic Press.

Piepenburg, D., Voß, J. and Gutt, J. (1997). Assemblages of sea stars (Echinodermata: Asteroidea) and brittle stars (Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea) in the Weddell Sea (Antarctica) and off Northeast Greenland (Arctic); a comparison of diversity and abundance. Polar Biology 17: 305-322.

Pierrot-Bults, A. C. (1982). Vertical distribution of Chaetognatha in the central Northwest Atlantic near Bermuda. Biological Oceanography 2: 31-61.

Pierrot-Bults, A. C. (1997). Biological diversity in oceanic macrozooplankton: more than counting species. In Marine biodiversity: patterns and processes. R. F. G. Ormond, Gage, J. D. and Angel, M. V. Cambridge, U.K., Cambridge University Press: 69-93.

Pilskaln, C. H., Churchill, J. H. and Mayer, L. M. (1998). Resuspension of sediment by bottom trawling in the Gulf of Maine and potential geochemical consequences. Conservation Biology 12: 1223-1229.

Pimm, S. L. (1984). The complexity and stability of ecosystems. Nature 307: 321-326.

Pimm, S. L., Lawton, J. H. and Cohen, J. E. (1991). Food web patterns and their consequences. Nature 350: 669-674.

Pinnegar, J. K., Polunin, N. V. C., Francour, P., Badalament, i. F., Chemello, R., Harmelin-Vivien, M. L., Hereu, B., Milazzo, M., Zabala, M., D'Anna, G. and Pipitone, C. (2000). Trophic cascades in benthic marine ecosystems: Lessons for fisheries and protected-area management. Environmental Conservation 27: 179-200.

Pitcher, C. R. (1997). Status of inter-reefal benthos in the GBR World Heritage Area. State of the GBR World Heritage Area 1995. Proceedings of a Technical Workshop, November 1995, 23. 323-334, GBRMPA Workshop Series.

Pitcher, C. R., Burridge, C. Y., Wassenberg, T. J. and Poiner, I. R. (1997). The effects of prawn trawl fisheries on GBR seabed habitats. The Great Barrier Reef - science, use and management. A national conference. 107-123. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.

Pitcher, C. R., Skewes, T. D., Dennis, D. M. and Prescott, J. H. (1992). Distribution of seagrasses, substratum types and epibenthic macrobiota in Torres Strait, with notes on pearl oyster abundance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 43: 409-419.

Pitcher, C. R., Wassenberg, T. J., Smith, G. P., Cappo, M., Hooper, J. N. A. and Doherty, P. J. (1999). Innovative new methods for measuring the natural dynamics of some structurally dominant tropical sponges and other sessile fauna. Proceedings of the 5th International Sponge Symposium. J. N. A. Hooper, Memoirs of the Queensland Museum. 44: 479-484.

Pitcher, R. (1990). Research for sustainable development of the Tropical Rock Lobster Fishery in Torres Strait. D. Lawrence and Cansfield -Smith, T., Eds. Sustainable Development for Traditional Inhabitants of the Torres Strait Region. 253-260. Cairns, QLD, GBRMPA.

Pitt, K. A. and Kingsford, M. J. (2000a). Geographic separation of stocks of the edible jellyfish Catostylus mosaicus (Rhizostomeae) in New South Wales, Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series 196: 143-155.

Pitt, K. A. and Kingsford, M. J. (2000b). Reproductive biology of the edible jellyfish Catostylus mosaicus (Rhizostomeae). Marine Biology 137: 791-799.

Poggiale, J.-C. and Dauvin, J.-C. (2001). Long-term dynamics of three benthic Ampelisca (Crustacea-Amphipoda) populations from the Bay of Morlaix (western English Channel) related to their disappearance after the 'Amoco Cadiz' oil spill. Marine Ecology Progress Series 214: 201-209.

Poiner, I., Glaister, J., Pitcher, R., Burridge, C., Wassenberg, T., Gribble, N., Hill, B., Blaber, S., Milton, D., Brewer, D. and Ellis, N. (1998). The environmental effects of prawn trawling in the far northern section of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park: 1991 - 1996. Summary and Introduction, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority and Fisheries Research and Development Corporation. 23 (Summary).

Poiner, I. R. (1985). A re-examination of the seagrasses of North Stradbroke Island with an evaluation of their longterm stability. In Stradbroke Island and surrounding areas, 1974-1984. R. Coleman, Covacevich, J. and Davie, P. Queensland, Boolarong Press: 228-237.

Poiner, I. R. and Kennedy, R. (1984). Complex patterns of change in the macrobenthos of a large sandbank following dredging. I. Community analysis. Marine Biology 78: 335-352.

Poiner, I. R. and Peterken, C. (1995). Seagrasses. In State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia. Technical Annex 1: The Marine Environment. L. P. Zann and Kailola, P. Canberra, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of Environment, Sport and Territories: 107-117.

Poiner, I. R., Staples, D. J. and Kenyon, R. (1987). Seagrass communities of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 38: 121-131.

Pollard, D. A. and Burchmore, J. J. (1985). Lord Howe Island Regional Environmental Study: Marine environment with a proposal for an aquatic reserve, Lord Howe Island Board. 59 p.

Pollard, D. A. and Hutchings, P. A. A. (1990). A review of exotic marine organisms introduced to the Australian region. II. Invertebrates and algae. Asian Fisheries Science 3: 223-250.

Ponder, W. F. (1981). Marine Mollusca. In Lord Howe Island. A summary of current and projected scientific and environmental activities. H. F. a. P. Recher, W.F. Sydney, Occasional Reports of the Australian Museum. 1: 10.

Ponder, W. F. (1990). A gravel beach shelled micro-gastropod assemblage from Ceuta, Strait of Gibralter, with the description of a new truncatelloidean genus. Bulletin du Museum National d'Historie Naturelle, Paris 12: 291-311.

Ponder, W. F. (1992). Bias and biodiversity. Australian Zoologist 28: 47-51.

Ponder, W. F. (1998a). Classification of Mollusca. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 1-6.

Ponder, W. F. (1998b). Conservation. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 105-115.

Ponder, W. F. (1999). Using museum collection data to assist in biodiversity assessment. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 253-256.

Ponder, W. F., Carter, G. A., Flemons, P. and Chapman, R. R. (2001a). Evaluation of Museum Collection data for use in Biodiversity Assessment. Conservation Biology 15: 648-657.

Ponder, W. F. and Grayson, J. E. (1998). The Australian marine molluscs considered to potentially vulnerable to the shell trade, Report to Environment Australia.

Ponder, W. F. and Lindberg, D. R. (1997). Towards a phylogeny of gastropod molluscs: an analysis using morphological characters. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 119: 83-265.

Ponder, W. F. and Loch, I. (1997). Natural Heritage Attribute: Molluscs. In The outstanding universal value of the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area. P. H. C. Lucas, Webb, T., Valentine, P. S. and Marsh, H. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority: 165-173.

Ponder, W. F., Loch, I. and Berents, P. (2000). An assessment of the marine invertebrate fauna of the Lord Howe Island shelf. Sydney, Report prepared for Environment Australia. Australian Museum.

Ponder, W. F., Loch, I. and Berents, P. (2001b). An assessment of the marine invertebrate fauna of the Lord Howe Island shelf based on the collections of the Australian Museum. Sydney, Australian Museum, for Environment Australia.

Ponder, W. F. and Lunney, D., Eds. (1999). The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales.

Poore, A. G. B. and Lowry, J. K. (1997). New ampithoid amphipods from Port Jackson, New South Wales Australia (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Ampithoidae). Invertebrate Taxonomy 11: 897-941.

Poore, A. G. B. and Steinberg, P. D. (1999). Preference-performance relationships and effects of host plant choice in a herbivorous marine amphipod. Ecological Monographs 69: 443-464.

Poore, G. C. B. (1982). Benthic communities of the Gippsland Lakes, Victoria. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 33: 901-915.

Poore, G. C. B. (1990). Benthos of the shelf and slope, systematics and diversity. In Towards a scientific basis for management Melbourne, Museum of Victoria.

Poore, G. C. B. (1994). A phylogeny of the families of Thalassinidea (Crustacea: Decapoda) with keys to families and genera. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 54: 79-120.

Poore, G. C. B. (1995a). Biogeography and diversity of Australia's marine biota. In State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia. Technical Annex 1: The Marine Environment. L. P. Zann and Kailola, P. Canberra, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of Environment, Sport and Territories: 75-84.

Poore, G. C. B. (1995b). Australia's marine ecosystems: the continental shelf and slope. In State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia. Technical Annex 1: The Marine Environment. L. P. Zann and Kailola, P. Canberra, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of Environment, Sport and Territories: 145-149.

Poore, G. C. B. (1996). Species differentiation in Synidotea (Isopoda: Idoteidae) and recognition of introduced marine species: a reply to Chapman and Carlton. Journal of Crustacean Biology 16: 384-394.

Poore, G. C. B. and Griffin, D. J. G. (1979). The Thalassinidea (Crustacea: Decapoda) of Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 32: 217-321.

Poore, G. C. B., Just, J. and Cohen, B. F. (1994). Composition and diversity of Crustacea Isopoda of the southeastern Australian continental slope. Deep-Sea Research 41: 677-693.

Poore, G. C. B. and Kudenov, J. D. (1978). Benthos of the Port of Melbourne: the Yarra River and Hobson's Bay, Victoria. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 29: 141-155.

Poore, G. C. B. and Lew Ton, H. M. (1993). Idoteidae of Australia and New Zealand (Crustacea: Isopoda: Valvifera. Invertebrate Taxonomy 7: 197-278.

Poore, G. C. B. and Rainer, S. F. (1974). Distribution and abundance of soft-bottom molluscs in Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 25: 371-411.

Poore, G. C. B. and Rainer, S. F. (1979). A three-year study of benthos of muddy environments in Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, Australia. Estuarine and Coastal Marine Science 9: 477-497.

Poore, G. C. B., Rainer, S. F., Spies, R. B. and Ward, E. (1975). The zoobenthos program in Port Phillip Bay 1969-73, Fisheries and Wildlife Paper, Victoria, 7. 1-78.

Poore, G. C. B. and Wilson, G. D. F. (1993). Marine species richness (with reply from R. M. May). Nature 361: 597-598.

Pope, E. (1945). A simplified key to the sessile barnacles found on rocks, boats, wharf piles and other installations in Port Jackson and adjacent waters. Records of the Australian Museum 21: 351-372.

Posey, M. H. (1983). Influence of relative mobilities on the composition of benthic communities. Marine Ecology Progress Series 39: 99-104.

Potter, I. C. and Hyndes, G. A. (1999). Characteristics of the ichthyofaunas of southwestern Australian estuaries, including comparisons with holarctic and estuaries elsewhere in temperate. Australian Journal of Ecology 24: 395-421.

Poulin, É. and Féral, J.-P. (1996). Why are there so many species of brooding Antarctic echinoids? Evolution 50: 820-830.

Powell, A. W. B. (1960). Antarctic and subantarctic Mollusca. Records of the Auckland Institute and Museum 5: 117-193.

Power, M. E., Tilman, D., Estes, J. A., Menge, B. A., Bond, W. J., Mills, L. S., Daily, G., Castilla, J. C., Lubchenco, J. and Paine, R. T. (1996). Challenges in the quest for keystones. BioScience 46: 609-620.

Prange, J. A. and Dennison, W. C. (2000). Physiological responses to five seagrass species to trace metals. Marine Pollution Bulletin 41: 327-336.

Pratchett, M. S. (1999). An infectious disease in crown-of-thorns starfish on the Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 18: 272.

Pratchett, M. S. (2001). Influence of coral symbionts on feeding preferences of crown-of-thorns starfish Acanthaster planci in the western Pacific. Marine Ecology Progress Series 214: 111-119.

Pratchett, M. S., Vytopil, E. and Parks, P. (2000). Coral crabs influence the feeding patterns of crown-of-thorns starfish. Coral Reefs 19: 36.

Preen, A. R., Lee Long, W. J. and Coles, R. G. (1995). Flood and cyclone related loss, and partial recovery of more than 1000 km² of seagrasses in Hervey Bay, Queensland, Australia. Aquatic Botany 52: 3-17.

Preen, A. R. and Marsh, H. (1995). Response of dugongs to large-scale loss of seagrass from Hervey Bay, Queensland, Australia. Wildlife Research 22: 507-519.

Prendergast, J. R., Quinn, R. M., Lawton, J. H., Eversham, B. C. and Gibbons, D. W. (1993). Rare species, the coincidence of diversity hotspots and conservation strategies. Nature 365: 335-337.

Prestedge, G. K. (1998). The distribution and biology of Patiriella vivipara (Echinodermata: Asteroidea: Asterinidae) a seastar endemic to southeast Tasmania. Records of the Australian Museum 50: 161-170.

Prestedge, G. K. (2001). Updated information and previously unpublished observations on Pateriella vivipara, a seastar endemic to southeast Tasmania. The Tasmanian Naturalist 123: 24-35.

Preston, G. L. (1993). Bęche-de-Mer. In Nearshore marine resources of the South Pacific (information for fisheries development and management). A. Wright and Hill, L. IPS, Suva; FFA, Honiara; ICOD, Canada: 371 - 407.

Price, A. R. G., Keeling, M. J. and O'Callaghan, C. J. (1999). Ocean-scale patterns of 'biodiversity' of Atlantic asteroids determined from taxonomic distinctness and other measures. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 66: 187-203.

Price, P. W. (1988). An overview of organismal interactions in ecosystems in evolutionary and ecological time. Agriculture, Ecosystems and Environment 24: 369-377.

Prinsep, M. R. and Morris, B. D. (1996). Secondary metabolites from New Zealand marine Bryozoa. In Bryozoans in space and time. D. P. Gordon, Smith, A. M. and Grant-Mackie, J. A. Wellington, National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research: 227-235.

Probert, P. K., McKnight, D. G. and Grove, S. L. (1997). Benthic invertebrate bycatch from a deep-water trawl fishery, Chatham Rise, New Zealand. Aquatic Conservation 7: 27-40.

Prudhoe, S. (1982). Polyclad flatworms (Phylum Platyhelminthes). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part I. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M., Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 220-227.

Prudhoe, S. (1982a). Polyclad flatworms (Phylum Platyhelminthes). In Marine Invertebrates of Southern Australia. Part 1. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M. Adelaide, Government Printer: 220-227.

Prudhoe, S. (1982b). Polyclad turbellarians from the southern coasts of Australia. Records of the South Australian Museum 18: 361-384.

Pruell, R. J., Taplin, B. K., McGovern, D. G., McKinney, R. and Norton, S. B. (2000). Organic contaminant distributions in sediments, polychaetes (Nereis virens) and American lobster (Homarus americanus) from a laboratory food chain experiment. Marine Environmental Research 49: 19-36.

Punt, A. E. and Kennedy, R. B. (1997). Population modelling of Tasmanian rock lobster, Jasus edwardsii, resources. Marine and Freshwater Research 48: 967-980.

Pyne, R. (1999). The black striped mussel (Mytilopsis sallei) infestation in Darwin - a clean up strategy. The ballast water problem - where to from here? Proceedings of a workshop organised by the Association of Australian Ports and Marine Authorities. EcoPorts Monograph Series No. 19. 77-83. Brisbane, The Ports Corporation of Queensland and Dames and Moore.

QLD EPA (1999). Strategy for the conservation and management of Queensland wetlands, State of Queensland Environmental Protection Agency. 20 p.

Quilty, P. G. (1993). Tasmantid and Lowe Howe seamounts: biostratigraphy and palaeoceanographic significance. Alcheringa 17: 27-53.

Quinn, J. F., Wing, S. R. and Botsford, L. W. (1993). Harvest refugia in marine invertebrate fisheries: Models and applications to the Red Sea Urchin, Strongylocentrotus franciscanus. American Zoologist 33: 537-550.

RAC (1993). Coastal zone inquiry. Final report. Overview. Canberra, Resource Assessment Commission. Australian Government Publishing Service.

Raffaelli, D. (2000). Trends in research in shallow water food webs. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 250: 223-232.

Rahmstorf, S. (1999). Shifting seas in the greenhouse? Nature 399: 523-524.

Raimondi, P. T., Barnett, A. M. and Krause, P. R. (1997). The effects of drilling muds on marine invertebrate larvae and adults. Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry 16: 1218-1228.

Rainer, S. F. (1984). Temporal changes in a demersal fish and cephalopod community of an unexploited coastal environment in northern Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 35: 747-768.

Rainer, S. F. (1991). High species diversity in demersal polychaetes of the North West Shelf of Australia. Ophelia Supplement 5: 497-505.

Rainer, S. F. and Munro, I. S. R. (1982). Demersal fish and cephalopod communities of an unexploited coastal environment in northern Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 33: 1039-1055.

Rakocinski, C. F., Brown, S. S., Gaston, G. R., Heard, R. W., Walker, W. W. and Summers, J. K. (2000). Species-abundance-biomass responses by estuarine macrobenthos to sediment chemical contamination. Journal of Aquatic Ecosystem Stress and Recovery 7: 201-214.

Ramsay, K., Kaiser, M. J. and Hughes, R. N. (1998). Responses of benthic scavengers to fishing disturbance by towed gears in different habitats. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 224: 73-89.

Ramsay, M. A., Swannell, R. P. J., Shipton, W. A., Duke, N. C. and Hill, R. T. (2000). Effect of bioremediation on the microbial community in oiled mangrove sediments. Marine Pollution Bulletin 41: 413-419.

Rasmussen, C. and Cuff, C. (1990). Enhanced nutrient levels in the marine environment and the effects on coral reefs. Proceedings of the Fourth Pacific Congress: Marine Science and Technology, 2. 13–20.

Rawlinson, P. A. (1981). Conservation of Australian amphibian and reptile communities. C. B. Banks and Martin, A. A., Eds. Proceedings of the Melbourne Herpetological Symposium. 127-138.

Ray, G. C. (1976). Critical marine habitats: definition, description, criteria and guidelines for identification and management. Morges, Switzerland, IUCN.

Ray, G. C. (1985). Man and the sea - the ecological challenge. American Zoologist 25: 451-468.

Ray, G. C. (1991). Coastal zone biodiversity patterns. BioScience 41: 490-498.

Ray, G. C. (1996). Coastal-marine discontinuities and synegisms: implications for biodiversity conservation. Biodiversity and Conservation 5: 1095-1108.

Ray, G. C. and Grassle, J. F. (1991). Marine biological diversity. BioScience 41: 453-457.

Ray, G. C., Hayden, B. P., Bulger, A. J. J. and G., M.-R. M. (1992). Effects of global warming on the biodiversity of coastal-marine zones. In Global warming and biological diversity. R. L. Peters and Lovejoy, T. E. New Haven, Connecticut, Yale University Press: 91-105.

Razouls, C. (1994). Marine planktonic copepod fauna of the Antarctic and Subantarctic. Annales de l'Institut Oceanographique 70: 3-204.

Reaka-Kudla, M. L. (1995). The global biodiversity of coral reefs. A comparison with rain forests. In Biodiversity II: Understanding and Protecting Our Natural Resorces. M. L. Reaka-Kudla, Wilson, D. E. and Wilson, E. O., Joseph Henry/National Academy Press.

Reaser, J. K., Pomerance, R. and Thomas, P. O. (2000). Coral bleaching and global climate change: Scientific findings and policy recommendations. Conservation Biology 14: 1500-1511.

Recher, H. F., Hutchings, P. A. A. and Rosen, S. (1993). The biota of the Hawkesbury -Nepean catchment: Reconstruction and Restoration. Australian Zoologist 29: 3-41.

Reed, J. and Clunie, P. (1997). Conservation of invertebrates in Victoria using the Flora and Fauna Guarantee Act 1988 - achievements and potential for improvement. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 56: 617-622.

Rehder, H. A. (1980). The marine mollusks of Easter Island (Isla de Pascua) and Sala y Gómez. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 289: 1-167.

Reid, W. V. and Trexler, M. C. (1992). Responding to potential impacts of climate change on U.S. coastal biodiversity. Coastal Management 20: 117-142.

Reitner, J., Wörheide, G. and Hooper, J. N. A. (1999). New colonial Vaceletia-type sphinctozoan from the Pacific. Abstract. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 44: 498.

Reusch, T. B. H. and Williams, S. L. (1999). Macrophyte canopy structure and the success of an invasive marine bivalve. OIKOS 84: 398-416.

Rex, M. A. (1981). Community structure in the deep sea benthos. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 12: 331-353.

Rex, M. A., Etter, R. J. and Stuart, C. T. (1997). Large-scale patterns of species diversity in the deep-sea benthos. In Marine biodiversity: patterns and processes. R. F. G. Ormond, Gage, J. D. and Angel, M. V. Cambridge, U.K., Cambridge University Press: 94-121.

Rex, M. A., Stuart, C. T., Hessler, R. R., Allen, J. R., Sanders, H. L. and Wilson, G. D. F. (1993). Global-scale latitudinal patterns of species diversity in the deep-sea benthos. Nature 365: 636-639.

Rexrode, M. (1987). Ecotoxicology of tributyltin. Proceedings of the Oceans '87 Conference (Vol. 4, Organotin Symposium), 4. 1543-1545. Washington DC, Marine Technical Society.

Richards, A. (1990). Muricids: a hazard to navigation? Hawaiian Shell News 38: 10.

Richardson, A. M. M., Shepherd, C. J. and Swain, R. (1999). The distribution of the strandline fauna of sandy beaches on the east coast of Tasmania. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 138-146.

Richardson, A. M. M., Swain, R. and Wong, V. (1997). Translittoral Talitridae (Crustacea: Amphipoda) and the need to reserve transitional habitats: examples from Tasmanian saltmarshes and other coastal sites. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 56: 521-529.

Richardson, A. M. M., Swain, R. and Wong, V. (1998). Relationship between the crustacean and molluscan assemblages of Tasmanian saltmarshes and the vegetation and soil conditions. Marine and Freshwater Research 49: 785-799.

Richardson, B. J. (1984). Identifying the Australian fauna: what remains to be done? Search 14: 320-323.

Richardson, B. J. (1995). The problem of chlorinated compounds in Australia's marine environment. In State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia. Technical Annex 2: Pollution. L. P. Zann and Sutton, D. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of the Environment, Sport and Territories, Ocean Rescue 2000 Program.

Richardson, B. J. (1998). Cephalochordata. In Hemichordata, Tunicata, Cephalochordata. Zoological Catalogue of Australia 34. A. Wells and Houston, W. W. K. Melbourne, CSIRO Australia: 253-?

Richardson, B. J. and McKenzie, A. M. (1992). Australia's biological collections and those who use them. Australian Biologist 5: 19-30.

Richardson, B. J. and McKenzie, A. M. (1994). Taxonomy and distribution of Australian cephalochordates (Chordata: Cephalochordata). Invertebrate Taxonomy 8: 1443-1459.

Richardson, J. R. (1997). Brachiopods (Phylum Brachiopoda). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part III. S. A. Shepherd and Davies, M., South Australian Research and Development Institute (Aquatic Sciences) in conjunction with the Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 999-1027.

Richer de Forges, B. (1992). A new species Sphenocarcinus A. Milne Edwards, 1985 from Tasmantid Guyots, S. lowry n.sp. (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura) with notes on the taxonomic status of the genus. Records of the Australian Museum 44: 1-5.

Richer de Forges, B. (1993). Deep sea crabs of the Tasman seamounts (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura). Records of the Australian Museum 45: 11-24.

Richer de Forges, B., Koslow, J. A. and Poore, G. C. B. (2000). Diversity and endemism of the benthic seamount fauna in the southwest Pacific. Nature 405: 944 - 947.

Richmond, M. H. (1990). Tasmanian sea shells common to other Australian states. Devonport, Tasmania, Richmond Printers.

Richmond, M. H. (1992). Tasmanian sea shells volume 2. Devonport, Tasmania, Richmond Printers.

Richmond, R. H. (1994). Coral reef resources: pollution's impacts. Forum for Applied Research and Public Policy 9: 54-57.

Riemann, B. and Hoffmann, E. (1991). Ecological consequences of dredging and bottom trawling in the Limfjord, Denmark. Marine Ecology Progress Series 69: 171-178.

Rigby, G. R. and Hallegraaef, G. M. (1993). Shipping ballast water trials on the bulk carrier MV "Iron Whyalla", AQIS Ballast Water Research Series, Report No. 4.

Rinkevich, B. (1995). Restoration strategies for coral reefs damaged by recreational activities: The use of sexual and asexual recruits. Restoration Ecology 3: 241-251.

Rinkevich, B. (2000). Steps towards the evaluation of coral reef restoration by using small branch fragments. Marine Biology 136: 807-812.

Rinkevich, B. and Loya, Y. (1977). Harmful effects of chronic oil pollution on a Red Sea scleractinian coral population. Proceedings of the 3rd International Coral Reef Symposium. 585-591. Miami, Florida.

Rinkevich, B. and Loya, Y. (1979). Laboratory experiments on the effects of crude oil on the Red Sea coral Stylophora pistillata. Marine Pollution Bulletin 10: 328-330.

Risk, M. J. (1999). Paradise lost: how marine science failed the worl's coral reefs. Marine and Freshwater Research 50: 831-837.

Ritchie, M. E. and Olff, H. (1999). Spatial scaling laws yield a synthetic theory of biodiversity. Nature. 400: 557-560.

Ritz, D. A. and Hosie, G. W. (1982a). Krill in south-east Tasmania - a vital food supply. Australian Fisheries March 1982: 10-13.

Ritz, D. A. and Hosie, G. W. (1982b). Production of the euphausiid  Nyctiphanes australis  in Storm Bay, south-eastern Tasmania. Marine Biology 68: 103-108.

Roach, A. C. (1997). The effect of acid water inflow on estuarine benthic and fish communities in the Richmond river, NSW Australia. Australian Journal of Ecotoxicology 3: 25-56.

Roberts, C. M. (1997). Ecological advice for the global fisheries crisis. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 12: 35-38.

Roberts, C. M. and Hawkins, J. (1999). Extinction risk in the sea. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 14: 241-246.

Roberts, C. M. and Polunin, N. V. C. (1993). Marine reserves: simple solutions to managing complex fisheries? Ambio 22: 363-368.

Roberts, D. E. (1996a). Patterns in subtidal marine assemblages associated with a deep-water sewage outfall. Marine and Freshwater Research 47: 1-9.

Roberts, D. E. (1996b). Effects of the North Head deep-water sewage outfall on nearshore coastal reef macrobenthic assemblages. Marine Pollution Bulletin 33: 303-308.

Roberts, D. E. and Davis, A. R. (1996). Patterns in sponge (Porifera) assemblages on temperate coastal reefs of Sydney, Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research 47: 897-906.

Roberts, D. E., Smith, A., Ajani, P. and Davis, A. R. (1998). Rapid changes in encrusting marine assemblages exposed to anthropogenic point-source pollution: a 'Beyond BACI' approach. Marine Ecology Progress Series 163: 213-224.

Roberts, L. (1992). Chemical prospecting: Hope for vanishing ecosystems? Science 256: 1142-1143.

Robertson, A. I. (1991). Plant-animal interactions and the structure and function of mangrove forest ecosystems. Australian Journal of Ecology 16: 433-443.

Robertson, A. I. and Alongi, D. M. (1995). Mangrove systems in Australia: structure, function and status. In State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia. Technical Annex 1: The Marine Environment. L. P. Zann and Kailola, P. Canberra, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of Environment, Sport and Territories: 119-133.

Robertson, A. I. and Daniel, P. A. (1989). The influence of crabs in litter processing in high intertidal mangrove forests in tropical Australia. Oecologia 78: 191-198.

Robertson, A. I. and Duke, N. C. (1987). Mangroves as nursery sites: comparisons of the abundance and species composition of fish and crustaceans in mangroves and other nearshore habitats in tropical Australia. Marine Biology 96: 193-205.

Robertson, A. I. and J., L. L. W. (1991). The influence of nutrient and sediment loads on tropical mangrove and seagrass ecosystems. In Land use patterns and nutrient loading of the Great Barrier Reef region. D. Yellowlees. Townsville, James Cook University: 197–208.

Robinson, J. A., Lulla, K. P., Kashiwagi, M., Suzuki, M., Nellis, M. D., Bussing, C. E., Lee Long, W. J. and McKenzie, L. J. (2001). Conservation applications of astronaut photographs of Earth: Tidal-flat loss (Japan), Elephant effects on vegetation (Botswana), and Seagrass and Mangrove monitoring (Australia). Conservation Biology 15: 876-884.

Robinson, W. H. (1975). Taxonomic responsibilities of non-taxonomists. Bulletin of the Entomological Society of America 21: 157-159.

Rockcliffe, W. and Nicol, S. (1999). Krill: magicians of the southern ocean, BAS Press Release 22 June 1999 PRNo 6/99.

Rodhouse, P. G. (1997). Precautionary measures for a new fishery on Martialia hyadesi (Cephalopoda, Ommastrephidae) in the Scotia Sea: an ecological approach. CCAMLR Science 4: 125-139.

Rogers, A. D. (1994). The biology of seamounts. Advances in Marine Biology 30: 305-350.

Rogers-Bennett, L. and Pearse, J. S. (2001). Indirect Benefits of Marine Protected Areas for Juvenile Abalone. Conservation Biology 15: 642-647.

Rohde, K. (1993). Ecology of marine parasites. 2nd edition. Wallingford, Oxon, CAB International.

Rohde, K., Hayward, C. and Heap, M. (1995). Aspects of the ecology of metazoan ectoparasites of marine fishes. International Journal for Parasitology 25: 945-970.

Roosenburg, W. M. and Green, J. P. (2000). Impact of a bycatch reduction device on Diamondback Terrapin and Blue Crab capture in crab pots. Ecological Applications 10: 882-889.

Rosenzweig, C. and Hillel, D. (1998). Climate change and the global harvest: Potential impacts of the Greenhouse Effect on agriculture. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Rose-Velez, J. d. l. and Suarez-Vasquez, A. (1991). Genetic variability of the snail Astraea undosa Wood, from Todos Santos Bay, Baja California, Mexico. Investigaciones Marinas Cicimar 6: 165-173.

Ross, D. J., Johnson, C. R. and Hewitt, C. L. (in press-a). Assessing the ecological impacts of an introduced seastar: The importance of multiple methods. Biological Invasions.

Ross, D. J., Johnson, C. R. and Hewitt, C. L. (in press-b). Impacts of an introduced sea star (Asterias amurensis) on a soft sediment marine assemblage: Reduced recruitment of a commercial bivalve. Marine Ecology Progress Series.

Ross, D. J., Johnson, C. R., Hewitt, C. L. and Ruiz, G. M. (submitted). Interaction effects and impacts of two introduced species: potential consequences for soft sediment benthic communities in SE Tasmania. Ecology.

Rothlisberg, P. C., Jackson, C. J., Phillips, B. F. and McWilliam, P. S. (1994). Distribution and abundance of scyllarid and palinurid lobster larvae in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 45: 337-349.

Rothlisberg, P. C., Staples, D. J. and Crocos, B. J. (1985). A review of the life history of the banana prawn Penaeus merguinensis in the Gulf of Carpentaria. P. C. Rothlisberg, Hill, B. J. and Staples, D. J., Eds. Second Australian national prawn seminar. 125-136. Cleveland, NPS2.

Roughley, T. C. (1936). Wonders of the Great Barrier Reef. Sydney, Angus and Robertson.

Rouse, G. W. and Fauchald, K. (1997). Cladistics and polychaetes. Zoologica Scripta 26: 139-204.

Rouse, G. W. and Pleijel, F. (2001). Polychaetes, Oxford University Press.

Rowe, F. W. E. (1982). Sea-cucumbers (Class Holothurioidea). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part I. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M., Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 454-476.

Rowe, F. W. E. (1989). Nine new deep-water species of Echinodermata from Norfolk Island and Wangenella Bank, northeastern Tasman Sea, with a checklist of the echinoderm Fauna. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of  New South Wales 111: 257-291.

Rowe, F. W. E. and Albertson, E. L. (1987). A new species in the echinasterid Genus Echinaster Müller and Troschel, 1840 (Echinodermata: Asteroidae) from southeastern Australia and Norfolk Island. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of NSW 109: 195-202.

Rowe, F. W. E. and Gates, J. (1995). Echinodermata. Melbourne, CSIRO Australia.

Roy, K., Jablonski, D., Valentine, J. and Rosenberg, G. (1998). Marine latitudinal diversity gradients: tests of causal hypotheses. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, USA 95: 3699.

Rudman, W. B. and Willan, R. C. (1998). Opisthobranchia Introduction. In Mollusca: the Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing. 5 Part B: 915-942.

Russ, G. R. (1980). Effects of predation by fishes, competition, and structural complexity of the substratum on the establishment of a marine epifaunal community. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 42: 55-69.

Russ, G. R. and Alcala, A. C. (1989). Effects of intense fishing pressure on an assemblage of coral reef fishes. Marine Ecology Progress Series 56: 13-27.

Russ, G. R. and McCook, L. J. (1999). Potential effects of a cyclone on benthic algal production and yield to grazers on coral reefs across the central Great Barrier Reef. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 235: 237-254.

Russell, B. C. and Hanley, J. R. (1993). The marine and biological resources  and heritage values of Cartier and Hibernia Reefs, Timor Sea. Canberra, NT Museum Report for Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service. 183 pp, 26 plts.

Russell, B. C. and Hewitt, C. L. (2000). Baseline Survey of the Port of Darwin for Introduced Species. Darwin, A report to the Northern Territory , Department of Transport and Works. 98 p.

Russell, B. C. and Vail, L. L. (1998). Report on traditional Indonesian fishing activities at Ashmore Reef Nature Reserves. Canberra, Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service. 179 p.

Ryan, P. G. and Moloney, C. L. (1993). Marine litter keeps increasing. Nature 361: 23.

Ryland, J. S. and Hayward, P. J. (1992). Bryozoa from Heron Island, GBR. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 32: 223-301.

SA EPA (1999). Minimising the effects of antifouling paints such as TBT: The ANZECC Code of Practice, Brochure produced by the South Australian Environment Protection Agency.

Saenger, P. (1995). The status of Australian estuaries and enclosed marine waters. In State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia. Technical Annex 1: The Marine Environment. L. P. Zann and Kailola, P. Canberra, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of Environment, Sport and Territories: 53-59.

Saenger, P. (1998). Mangrove vegetation: an evolutionary perspective. Marine and Freshwater Research 49: 277-286.

Sagarin, R. D., Barry, J. P., Gilman, S. E. and Baxter, C. H. (1999). Climate-related change in an intertidal community over short and long time scales. Ecological Monographs 69: 465-490.

Sahade, R., Tatian, M., Kowalke, J., Kuehne, S. and Esnal, G. B. (1998). Benthic faunal association of soft substrates at Potter Cove, King George Island, Antarctica. Polar Biology 19: 85-91.

Sainsbury, K. J. (1987). Assessment and management of the demersal fishery on the continental shelf of northwestern Australia. In Tropical snappers and groupers: biology and fisheries management. J. J. Polovina and Ralston, S. Boulder Colorado, Westview Press: 465-503.

Sainsbury, K. J. (1988). The ecological basis of multispecies fisheries and management of a demersal fishery in tropical Australia. In Fish population dynamics. J. A. Gulland. London, John Wiley: 349-382.

Saintilan, N. and Williams, R. J. (2000). Short note: the decline of saltmarsh in southeast Australia: Results of recent surveys. Wetlands (Australia) 18: 49-54.

Saiz-Salinas, J. I. and Ramos, A. (1999). Biomass size-spectra of macrobenthic assemblages along water depth in Antarctica. Marine Ecology Progress Series 178: 221-227.

Sala, E., Garrabou, J. and Zabala, M. (1996). Effects of diver frequentation on Mediterranean sublittoral populations of the bryozoan Pentapora fascialis. Marine Biology 126: 451-459.

Sammarco, P. W. and Andrews, J. C. (1988). Localized dispersal and recruitment in Great Barrier Reef corals: the helix experiment. Science 239: 1422-1424.

Sammarco, P. W. and Risk, M. (1990). Large-scale patterns in internal bioerosion of Porites: cross continental shelf trends on the Great Barrier Reef. Marine Ecology Progress Series 59: 145-156.

Sammarco, P. W., Risk, M. and Rose, C. (1987). Effects of grazing and damselfish territoriality on internal bioerosion of deal corals: indirect effects. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 112: 185-189.

Sammut, J. and Lines-Kelly, R. (1996). An introduction to acid sulphate soils, Acid Sulfate Soils Management Advisory Committee (ASSMAC), Environment Australia, and the Australian Seafood Industry Council.

Sanchez-Jerez, P. and Ramos Espla, A. A. (1996). Detection of environmental impacts by bottom trawling on Posidonia oceanica (L.) Delile meadows: sensitivity of fish and macroinvertebrate communities. Journal of Aquatic Ecosystem Health 5: 239-253.

Sanders, H. L. (1968). Marine benthic diversity: a comparative study. American Naturalist 102: 243-282.

Sanderson, J. C. (1990). A preliminary survey of the distribution of the introduced macroalga, Undaria pinnatifida (Harvey) Suringer on the east coast of Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina 33: 153-157.

Sanderson, J. C. (1997). Subtidal macroalgal assemblages in temperate Australian coastal waters, Australia. State of the Environment Technical Paper Series (Estuaries and the Sea). Canberra, Department of the Environment.

Sant, G. (1995). Marine invertebrates of the South Pacific. An examination of the trade. Cambridge, UK, TRAFFIC International. 81 p.

Sapp, J. (1999). What is natural? Coral reef crisis. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Sarmiento, J. L. and Bender, M. (1994). Carbon biogeochemistry and climate change. Photosynthesis Research 39: 209-234.

Sarmiento, J. L. and Toggweiler, J. R. (1984). A new model for the role of the oceans in determining atmospheric PCO₂. Nature 308: 621-624.

Saueracker, G. (1997). The scourge of Ningaloo. Conservation Australia (ANCA) 2: 17-24.

Saunders, W. B. (1998). Family Nautilidae in Subclass Nautiloidea. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 494-496.

Savage, C., Field, J. G. and Warwick, R. M. (2001). Comparative meta-analysis of the impact of offshore marine mining on macrobenthic communities versus organic pollution studies. Marine Ecology Progress Series 221: 265-275.

Scanes, P. (1996). 'Oyster Watch': monitoring trace metal and organochlorine concentrations in Sydney's coastal waters. Marine Pollution Bulletin 33: 226-238.

Scanes, P. R. and Scanes, K. (1995). Environmental problems due to disposal of wastes. In Coastal marine ecology of temperate Australia. A. J. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 296-310.

Scarlett, A., Donkin, P., Fileman, T. W. and Morris, R. J. (1999). Occurrence of the antifouling herbicide, Irgarol 1051, within coastal-water seagrasses from Queensland, Australia. Marine Pollution Bulletin 38: 687-691.

Scheibling, R. E. (1985). Directional movement in a sea star (Oreaster reticulatus): adaptive significance and ecological consequences. Contributions in Marine Science (University of Texas) 27: 244-256.

Scheltema, A. H. (1990). Aplacophora as a Tethyan slope taxon: evidence from the Pacific. Bulletin of Marine Science 47: 50-61.

Scheltema, A. H. (1998). Class Aplacophora. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 145-159.

Scheltema, A. H. (2001). Aplacophora. In Zoological Catalogue of Australia. A. a. H. Wells, W.W.K. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing. 17.2: 1-18.

Scheltema, R. S. (1986). On dispersal and planktonic larvae of benthic invertebrates: an eclectic overview and summary of problems. Bulletin of Marine Science 39: 290-322.

Scheltema, R. S., Newman, L. and Cheng, L. C. (1998). Pelagic molluscs. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing. 5A: 46-55.

Schiel, D. R. and Taylor, D. I. (1999). Effects of trampling on a rocky intertidal algal assemblage in southern New Zealand. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 235: 213-235.

Schinner, F., Stachowitsch, M. and Hilgers, H. (1996). Loss of benthic communities: warning signal for coastal ecosystem management. Aquatic Conservation 6: 343-352.

Schläpfer, F., Schmid, B. and Seidl, I. (1999). Expert estimates about effects of biodiversity on ecosystem processes and services. OIKOS 84: 346-352.

Schleyer, M. H. and Tomalin, B. J. (2000). Damage on South African coral reefs and an assessment of their sustainable diving capacity using a fisheries approach. Bulletin of Marine Science 67: 1025-1042.

Schmidt, K. F. (1997). 'No-take' zones spark fisheries debate. Science 277: 489-491.

Schroeter, S. D., Dixon, J. D., Kastendiek, J., Smith, R. O. and Bence, J. R. (1993). Detecting the ecological effects of environmental impacts: a case study of kelp forest invertebrates. Ecological Applications 3: 331-350.

Schueller, G. (1999). Testing the waters. New Scientist: 34-37.

Schulze, E.-D. and Mooney, H. A., Eds. (1994). Biodiversity and ecosystem function. Berlin, Springer-Verlag.

Schulze, P. C., Ed. (1996). Engineering within ecological constraints. Washington, D.C., National Academy Press.

Schwinghamer, P., Gordon, D. C., Jr, Rowell, T. W., Prena, J., McKeown, D. L., Sonnichsen, G. and Guigné, J. Y. (1998). Effects of experimental otter trawling on surficial sediment properties of a sandy-bottom ecosystem on the Grand Banks of Newfoundland. Conservation Biology 12: 1215-1222.

Scott, B. J. and Kenny, R. (1998). Superfamily Neritoidea. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 694-702.

Scott, P. J. B. and Cope, M. (1990). Tolo revisited: a survey of the corals in Tolo Harbour and Channel six years and half a million people later. In Proceedings of the Second International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Hong Kong and Southern China, Hong Kong, 1986. B. Morton. Hong Kong, Hong Kong University Press: 1203-1220.

Sebens, K. P. (1994). Biodiversity of coral reefs: what are we losing and why? American Zoologist 34: 115-133.

Seitz, R. D. (1998). Incorporation of soft-sediment systems into a model of marine benthic community regulation. Marine and Freshwater Research 49: 817-826.

Semeniuk, V. (1994). Predicting the effect of sea-level rise on mangroves in northwestern Australia. Journal of Coastal Research 10: 1050-1076.

Sepkoski, J. J. J., Bambach, R. K., Raup, D. M. and Valentine, J. W. (1981). Phanerozoic marine diversity and the fossil record. Nature 293: 435-437.

Seymour, R. M. and Bradbury, R. H. (1999). Lengthening reef recovery times from crown-of-thorns outbreaks signal systemic degradation of the Great Barrier Reef. Marine Ecology Progress Series 176: 1-10.

Shepherd, S. A. (1997a). Phoronids (Phylum Phoronida). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part III. S. A. Shepherd and Davies, M., South Australian Research and Development Institute (Aquatic Sciences) in conjunction with the Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 993-998.

Shepherd, S. A. (1997b). Acorn worms and a pterobranch (Phylum Hemichordata). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part III. S. A. Shepherd and Davies, M., South Australian Research and Development Institute (Aquatic Sciences) in conjunction with the Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 1028-1039.

Shepherd, S. A. and Baker, J. L. (1998). Biological reference points in an abalone (Haliotis laevigata) fishery. In Proceedings of the North Pacific Symposium on invertebrate stock assessment and management. G. S. Jamieson and Campbell, A.

Shepherd, S. A. and Brown, L. D. (1993). What is an abalone stock: Implications for the role of refugia in conservation. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 50: 2001-2009.

Shepherd, S. A. and Davies, M. (1997). Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part III. South Australian Research and Development Institute (Aquatic Sciences) in conjunction with the Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee.

Shepherd, S. A., Day, R. W. and Butler, A. J. (1995). Progress in abalone research. Proceedings of the 2nd International Symposium on Abalone. Marine and Freshwater Research 46 (3).

Shepherd, S. A., Edwards, J. R. and Officer, R. (1998). A preliminary assessment of greenlip abalone populations at Flinders I., Tasmania, Mimeo. Report to Tasmanian Fishery Council. 12.

Shepherd, S. A., Marshall, J. and Rowe, F. W. E. (1982). Feather-stars (Class Crinoidea). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part I. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M., Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 396-400.

Shepherd, S. A., McShane, P. E. and Wells, F. E. (1997). Australasian abalone. Proceedings of the Australasian Symposium on Abalone Fisheries, Culture and Biology, Wellington, New Zealand, October 1996. Molluscan Research, 18 (2). 115-326.

Shepherd, S. A. and Rodda, K. R. (2001). Sustainability demands vigilance: evidence for serial decline of the greenlip abalone fishery and a review of management. Journal of Shellfish Research 20: 829-841.

Shepherd, S. A., Rodda, K. R. and Vargas, K. M. (2001). A chronicle of collapse in two abalone stocks with proposals for precautionary management. Journal of Shellfish Research 20: 843-856.

Shepherd, S. A., Tegner, M. J. and Guzman del Proo, S. A., Eds. (1992). Abalone of the World. Biology, Fisheries and Culture. Proceedings of the 1st International Symposium on Abalone. Oxford, Fishing New Books.

Shepherd, S. A. and Thomas, I. M., Eds. (1982). Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part I, Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee.

Shepherd, S. A. and Thomas, I. M., Eds. (1989). Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part II [Mollusca]. Adelaide, South Australian Government Printing Division.

Shepherd, S. A. and Veron, J. E. N. (1982). Stony corals (Order Scleractinia or Madreporaria). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part I. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M., Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 169-178.

Sherwood, C. R., Heyward, A. J., Revill, A. T., Scott, L. and Fandry, C. B. (1999). Environmental management on the North West Shelf: A review of existing data. APPEA Journal 39: 568-283.

Shick, J. M. and Dunlop, W. C. (2002). Mycosporine-like amino acids and related gadusols: biosynthesis, accumulation, and UV-protective functions in aquatic organisms. Annual review of Physiology 64: 223-262.

Siebeck, O. (1988). Experimental investigation of UV tolerance in hermatypic corals (Scleractinia). Marine Ecology Progress Series 43: 95-103.

Sieg, J. (1980). Taxonimische Monographie der Tanaidae Dana, 1894 (Crustacea, Tanaidacea). Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Maturforschenden Geselschaft 537: 1-267.

Sieg, J. (1993). Remarks on the Tanaidacea (Crustacea: Isopoda) of Australia: on Bilobatus crenulatus gen. et. sp. nov., from Port Darwin. Beagle 10: 45-54.

Siegel, V. and Loeb, V. (1995). Recruitment of Antarctic krill Euphausia superba and possible causes for its variability. Marine Ecology Progress Series 123: 45-56.

Siegfried, W. R. (1994). Rocky shores: exploitation in Chile and South Africa. Berlin; New York, Springer-Verlag.

Simberloff, D. (1988). The contribution of population and community biology to conservation science. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 19: 473-511.

Simpson, C. J., Cary, J. L., Masini, R. J. and Hughes, T. (1993). Destruction of corals and other reef animals by coral spawn slicks on Ningaloo Reef, WA. Coral Reefs 12: 185-191.

Simpson, R. D., Smith, S. D. A. and Pople, A. R. (1995). The effects of a spillage of diesel fuel on a rocky shore in the sub-Antarctic region (Macquarie Island). Marine Pollution Bulletin 31: 367-371.

Singer, M. M., George, S., Benner, V., Jacobson, D., Tjeerdema, R. S. and L., S. M. (1993). Comparative toxicity of two oil dispersants to the early life stages of two marine species. Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry 12: 1855-1863.

Singer, M. M., George, S., Jacobson, S., Lee, I., Weetman, L. L., Tjeerdema, R. S. and Sowby, M. L. (1995a). Acute toxicity of the oil dispersant Corexit 9554 to marine organisms. Ecotoxicology and Environmental Safety 32: 81-86.

Singer, M. M., George, S., Lee, I., Jacobson, S., Weetman, L. L., Blondina, G., Tjeerdema, R. S., Aurand, D. and Sowby, M. L. (1998). Effects of dispersant treatment on the acute aquatic toxicity of petroleum hydrocarbons. Archives of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology 34.

Singer, M. M., George, S. and Tjeerdema, R. S. (1995b). Relationship of some physical properties of oil dispersants and their toxicity to marine organisms. Archives of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology 29: 33-38.

Siron, R., Pelletier, E. and Roy, S. (1996). Effects of dispersed and adsorbed crude oil on microalgal and bacterial communities of cold seawater. Ecotoxicology 5: 229-251.

Sket, B. (1988). Zoogeography of the freshwater and brackish Crustacea in the Kvarner-Velebit Islands, Northwest Adriatic Yugoslavia. Bioloski Vestnik 36: 63-76.

Sket, B. (1996). The ecology of anchihaline caves. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 11: 221-225.

Skilleter, G. A. (1995). Environmental disturbances. In Coastal marine ecology of temperate Australia. A. J. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 263-276.

Slack-Smith, S. (1990). The bivalves of Shark Bay, Western Australia. In Research in Shark Bay. Report of the France-Australe Bicentenary Expedition Committee. P. F. Berry, Bradshaw, S. D. and Wilson, B. R. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Slip, D. J. and Burton, H. R. (1991). Accumulation of fishing debris, plastic litter, and other artefacts on Heard and Macquarie Islands in the Southern Ocean. Environmental Conservation 18: 249-254.

Sluys, R. (1989). A monograph of the marine triclads. Rotterdam, Balkema.

Sluys, R. and Ball, I. R. (1989). A synopsis of the marine triclads of Australia and New Zealand. Invertebrate Taxonomy 2: 915-959.

Smirnov, N. N. and Timms, B. V. (1983). A revision of the Australian Cladocera (Crustacea). Records of the Australian Museum Supplement 1: 1-132.

Smith, B. J. (1997a). Invertebrate fauna of the Tamar estuary, northern Tasmania. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 56: 475-482.

Smith, B. J., Coleman, N. and Watson, J. E. (1975). The invertebrate fauna of Westernport Bay. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 87: 149-155.

Smith, G., Ives, L. D., Nagelkerken, I. A. and Ritchie, K. B. (1996a). Aspergillosis associated with Caribbean sea fan mortalities. Nature 382: 487.

Smith, R. (1999b). "Bugging the media": TV broadcasting and the invertebrate agenda. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 413-417.

Smith, S. D. A. (1994). Impact of domestic sewage effluent versus natural background variability: an example from Jervis Bay, New South Wales. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 45: 1045-1064.

Smith, S. D. A. (1997b). The effects of domestic sewage effluent on marine communities at Coffs Harbour, New South Wales, Australia. Marine Pollution Bulletin 33: 309-316.

Smith, S. D. A. (2000). The effects of a small sewage outfall on an algal epifaunal community at Macquarie Island (sub-Antarctic): a drop in the Southern Ocean? Marine Pollution Bulletin 40: 873-878.

Smith, S. D. A. (2002). Kelp rafts in the Southern Ocean. Global Ecology and Biogeography Letters 11: 67-69.

Smith, S. D. A. and Harriott, V. J. (1998). Tube-building polychaete worms smother corals in the Solitary Islands Marine Park, northern NSW, Australia. Coral Reefs 17: 342.

Smith, S. D. A. and Simpson, R. D. (1993). Effects of pollution on holdfast macrofauna of the kelp Ecklonia radiata: discrimination at different taxonomic levels. Marine Ecology Progress Series 96: 199-208.

Smith, S. D. A. and Simpson, R. D. (1995). Effects of the 'Nella Dan' oil spill on the fauna of Durvillaea antarctica holdfasts. Marine Ecology Progress Series 121: 73-89.

Smith, S. D. A. and Simpson, R. D. (1998). Recovery of benthic communities at Macquarie Island (sub-Antarctic) following a small oil spill. Marine Biology 131: 567-581.

Smith, S. D. A., Simpson, R. D. and Cairns, S. C. (1996b). The macrofaunal community of Ecklonia radiata holdfasts. Description of the faunal assemblages and variation associated with differences in holdfast volume. Australian Journal of Ecology 21: 81-95.

Smith, S. H. (1988). Cruise ships: a serious threat to coral reefs and associated organisms. Ocean and Shoreline Management 11: 231-248.

Smith, S. V. and Buddemeier, R. W. (1992). Global change and coral reef ecosystems. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 23: 89-118.

Smith, S. V., Kimmerer, W. J., Laws, E. A., Brock, R. E. and Walsh, T. W. (1981). Kaneohe Bay sewage diversion experiment: perspectives on ecosystem response to nutritional perturbation. Pacific Science 35: 279-402.

Smith, T. J. I., Boto, K. G., Frusher, S. D. and Giddins, R. L. (1991). Keystone species and mangrove forest dynamics: the influence of burrowing by crabs on soil nutrient status and forest productivity. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 33: 419-432.

Snelgrove, P. V. R., Austen, M., Boucher, G., Heip, C., Hutchings, P., King, G., Koike, I., Lambshead, J. and Smith, C. (2000). Sediments-up and water column-down: Linking biodiversity above and below the marine sediment-water interface. BioScience 50: 1076-1088.

Snelgrove, P. V. R., Blackburn, T. H., Hutchings, P. A. A., Alongi, D., M., Grassle, J. F., Hummel, H., King, G., Koike, I., Lambshead, P. J. D., Ramsing, N. D. and Solis-Weiss, V. (1997). The importance of marine sediment biodiversity in ecosystem processes. Ambio 26: 578-584.

Sokolova, M. N. (1997). Trophic structure of abyssal macrobenthos. Advances in Marine Biology 32: 427-525.

Solé-Cava, A. M. and Thorpe, J. P. (1986). Genetic differentiation between morphotypes of the marine sponge Suberites ficus (Demospongiae: Hadromerida). Marine Biology 93: 247-253.

Solé-Cava, A. M., Thorpe, J. P. and Manconi, R. (1991). A new Mediterranean species of Axinella detected by biochemical genetic methods. In Fossil and Recent sponges. J. Reitner and Keupp, H. Berlin, Springer-Verlag: 313-321.

Sorokin, Y. I. (1992). The characteristics of plankton in the waters of the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Zhurnal Obshchei Biologii 53: 557-570.

Sorokin, Y. I. (1995). Role of plankton in the turnover of organic matter on the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Hydrobiologia 308: 35-44.

Souchu, P., Vaquer, A., Collos, Y., Landrein, S., Deslous-Paoli, J.-M. and Bibent, B. (2001). Influence of shellfish farming activites on the biogeochemical composition of the water column in Thau lagoon. Marine Ecology Progress Series 218: 141-152.

Soulé, M. E. (1986). Conservation biology. The sciences of scarcity and diversity. Sunderland, MA, Sinauer Assoc. Inc.

Southcott, R. V. (1982). Jellyfishes (Classes Scyphozoa and Hydrozoa). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part I. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M., Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 115-159.

Southcott, R. V. and Thomas, I. M. (1982). Cnidaria (or Coelenterata). Introduction. In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part I. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M., Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 73-77.

Southgate, P. C. (2000). Mollusc culture research and trends in Australia. W. F. Ponder, Ed. Molluscs 2000. 75-77. Sydney, Malacological Society of Australasia.

Southward, E. C. (2000). Class Pogonophora. In Polychaetes and allies: the southern synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 4A Polychaeta, Myzostomida, Pogonophora, Echiura, Sipuncula. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Glasby, C. J. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 331-352.

Spalding, M. D., Blasco, F. and Field, C. D. (1996). World mangrove atlas. Okinawa, Japan, International Society for Mangrove Ecosystems.

Spence, S. K., Bryan, G. W., Gibbs, P. E., Masters, D., Morris, L. and Hawkins, S. J. (1990). Effects of TBT contamination on Nucella populations. Functional Ecology 4: 425-432.

Sprules, W. G. and Munawar, M. (1986). Plankton size spectra in relation to ecosystem productivity, size and perturbation. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 43: 1789-1794.

Stafford-Smith, M. G. (1993). Sediment-rejection efficiency of 22 species of Australian scleractinian corals. Marine Biology 115: 229-243.

Stafford-Smith, M. G., Kaly, U. L. and Choat, J. H. (1994). Reactive monitoring (short-term responses) of coral species. In Townsville Port Authority capital dredging works. 1993: Environmental monitoring programme. L. J. Benson, Goldsworthy, P. M., Butler, I. R. and Oliver, J. K. Townsville, Townsville Port Authority.

Stafford-Smith, M. G. and Ormond, R. F. G. (1992). Sediment-rejection mechanisms of 42 species of Australian scleractinian corals. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 43: 683-705.

Stager, J. C. and Chen, V. (1996). Fossil evidence of shell length decline in Queen Conch (Strombus gigas L.) at Middleton Cay, Turks and Caicos Islands, British West Indies. Caribbean Journal of Science 32: 14-20.

Stanhope, M. J., Leighton, B. J. and Hartwick, B. (1992). Polygenic control of habitat preference and its possible role in sympatric population subdivision in an estuarine crustacean. Heredity 69: 279-288.

Staples, D. A. (1997). Sea spiders or pycnogonids (Phylum Arthropoda). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part III. S. A. Shepherd and Davies, M., South Australian Research and Development Institute (Aquatic Sciences) in conjunction with the Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 1040-1072.

Staples, D. J. (1980). Ecology of juvnile and adolescent banana prawns, Penaeus merguiensis, in a mangrove estuary and adjacent off-shore areas of the Gulf of Carpentaria I. Immigration and settlement of postlarvae. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 31: 635-652.

Staples, D. J. and Vance, D. J. (1986). Emigration of juvenile banana prawns, Penaeus merguiensis, from a mangrove estuary and recruitment to offshore areas in the wet-dry tropics of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series 27: 239-252.

Staples, D. J., Vance, D. J. and Heales, D. S. (1985). Habitat requirements of juvenile penaeid prawns and their relationship to offshore fisheries. In Second Australian national prawn seminar. P. C. Rothlisberg, Hill, B. J. and Staples, D. J. Cleveland, Qld, NPS2: 47-54.

Staples, D. J., Vance, D. J. and Loneragan, N. R. (1995). Penaeid prawn recruitment variability: effect of the environment. In Proceedings of the Workshop on Stock-Recruitment Relationships (Srrs) in Australian Crustacean Fisheries. A. J. Courtney and Cosgrove, M. G. Deception Bay, Qld, Queensland Department of Primary Industry, Southern Fisheries Centre: 41-50.

Stark, J. S. (1998). Heavy metal pollution and macrobenthic assemblages in soft sediments in two Sydney estuaries, Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research 49: 533-540.

Starmans, A., Gutt, J. and Arntz, W. E. (1999). Mega-epibenthic communities in Arctic and Antarctic shelf areas. Marine Biology 135: 269-280.

Starmühlner, F. (1985). Rare and endangered marine molluscs - a review. Proceedings of the Symposium on Endangered Marine Animals and Marine Parks, 1. 371-382.

State of the Environment Advisory Council (1996). Australia, State of the Environment 1996. Collingwood, Vic, CSIRO Publishing.

Staton, J. and Rice, M. E. (1999). Genetic differentiation despite teleplanic larval dispersal: allozyme variation in sipunculans of the Apionsoma misakianum species-complex. Bulletin of Marine Science 65: 467-480.

Stehli, F. G. and Wells, J. W. (1971). Diversity and age patterns in hermatypic corals. Systematic Zoology 20: 115-126.

Steinberg, P. D. (1995). Interactions between the canopy dwelling echinoid Holopneustes purpurescens, and its host kelp Ecklonia radiata. Marine Ecology Progress Series 127: 169-181.

Steinberg, P. D. and Kendrick, G. (1999). Kelp forests. In Sublittoral marine ecology of temperate Australia. N. Andrew. University of New South Wales Press.

Steneck, R. S. (1998). Human influences on coastal ecosystems: does overfishing create trophic cascades. TREE 13: 429-430.

Stephenson, W. (1980). Time-patterns of macrobenthic species in Moreton Bay. Australian Journal of Ecology 5: 245-262.

Stephenson, W. and Cook, S. D. (1979). Changes in the macrobenthos of Moreton Bay during three years of sampling. A. Bailey and Stevens, N. C., Eds. Northern Moreton Bay Symposium. 87-96. Brisbane, Royal Society of Queensland.

Stephenson, W., Cook, S. D. and Raphael, Y. I. (1977). The effect of a major flood on the macrobenthos of Bramble Bay Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 18: 95-119.

Steven, A. D. L. and Larkum, A. W. D. (1993). ENCORE: The effect of nutrient enrichment on coral reefs. Search 28: 216-219.

Stevens, T. (1995). Queensland marine habitats. J. Muldoon, Ed. Towards a marine regionalisation for Australia. 92-112. Sydney, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.

Stock, J. H. and Iliffe, T. M. (1990). Amphipod crustaceans from anchihaline cave waters of the Galapagos Islands North Pacific Ocean. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 98: 141-160.

Stock, J. H. and Vonk, R. (1990). Stygofauna of the Canary Islands North Atlantic Ocean 15. Marine interstitial Isopoda Asellota of the Superfamily Gnathostenetroidoidea. Cahiers de Biologie Marine 31: 5-24.

Stockhausen, W. T., Lipcius, R. N. and Hickey, B. M. (2000). Joint effects of larval dispersal population regulation, marine reserve design, and exploitation on production and recruitment in the Caribbean spiny lobster. Bulletin of Marine Science 66: 957-990.

Stone, L., Eilam, E., Abelson, A. and Ilan, M. (1996). Modelling coral reef biodiversity and habitat destruction. Marine Ecology Progress Series 134: 299-302.

Stoner, A. W. (1989). Winter mass migration of juvenile queen conch Strombus gigas and their influence on the benthic environment. Marine Ecology Progress Series 56: 99-104.

Stoner, A. W. and Lally, J. (1994). High-density aggregation in Queen Conch Strombus gigas: formation, patterns, and ecological significance. Marine Ecology Progress Series 106: 73-84.

Stoner, A. W. and Ray-Culp, M. (2000). Evidence of Allee effects in an over-harvested marine gastropod: density-dependent mating and egg production. Marine Ecology Progress Series 202: 297-302.

Stork, N. E. (1988). Insect diversity: facts, fiction and speculation. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 35: 321-337.

Stork, N. E. (1999). Estimating the number of species on Earth. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 1-7.

Stork, N. E. and Samways, M. J. (1995). Inventorying and monitoring of biodiversity. In Global biodiversity assessment. V. H. Heywood and Watson, R. T. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press (for the United Nations Environment Programme): 453-543.

Storrs, M. J. and Finlayson, M. (1997). Overview of the conservation status of wetlands of the Northern Territory, A consultancy project on behalf of the Parks and Wildlife Commission of the Northern Territory, Supervising Scientist Report 11.

Stranks, T. N. (1988). Systematics of the family Octopodidae (Mollusca: Cephalopoda) of south-eastern Australia. Melbourne, University of Melbourne. Thesis.

Sturgess, G. L. (1999). A report into the review of the relationships of the Commonwealth and Queensland Governments in respect of the Great Barrier Reef. The Great Barrier Reef partnership - cooperation in the management of a World Heritage Area, Queensland Government.

Suchanek, T. H. (1993). Oil impacts on marine invertebrate populations and communities. American Zoologist 33: 510-523.

Suchanek, T. H. (1994). Temperate coastal marine communities: biodiversity and threats. American Zoologist 34: 100-114.

Sundberg, P. and Gibson, R. (1995). The nemerteans (Nemertea) of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. Zoologica Scripta 24: 101-141.

Sutherland, J. P. and Karlson, R. H. (1977). Development and stability of the fouling community at Beaufort, North Carolina. Ecological Monographs 47: 425-446.

Sutton, D. C., Trott, L., Reichelt, J. L. and Lucas, J. S. (1988). Assessment of bacterial pathogenesis in a crown-of-thorns starfish, Acanthaster planci. Proceedings of the 6th International Coral Reef Symposium 2: 171-176.

Svavarsson, J., Brattegard, T. and Strömberg, J.-O. (1990). Distribution and diversity patterns of asellote isopods (Crustacea) in the deep Norwegian and Greenland seas. Progress in Oceanography 24: 297-310.

Sweatman, H., Bass, D., Cheal, A., Coleman, G., Miller, I., Ninio, R., Osborne, K., Oxley, W., Ryan, D., Thompson, A. and Tomkins, P. (1998). Long-term monitoring of the Great Barrier Reef. Status Report Number 3 1998, Australian Institute of Marine Science (In conjunction with the CRC: Reef Research Centre and the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority).

Systematics Agenda 2000 (1994). Systematics Agenda 2000: Charting the biosphere, Technical Report. 34.

Szmant, A. M. (2001). Introduction to the special issue of Coral Reefs on "Coral Reef Algal Community Dynamics". Coral Reefs 19: 299-302.

Tafe, D. J., and Greenwood, J,G. (1996b). The Bodotriidae (Crustacea: Cumacea) of Moreton Bay, Queensland. Memoires of the Queensland Museum 39: 391-482.

Tafe, D. J., andGreenwood, J,G. (1996a). A new species of Schizotrema (Cumacea: Nannastacidea) from Moreton Bay, Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 39: 381-389.

Talbot, B. (1999). Protecting aquatic biodiversity. Fisheries NSW: 14-16.

Talbot, F. H. and Steene, R. C., Eds. (1984). Reader's Digest Book of the Great Barrier Reef, Mead and Beckett Publishers (for Readers Digest).

Talman, S., Bite, J. S., Campbell, S. J., Holloway, M., McArhtur, M., Ross, D., J. and Storey, M. (1999). Impacts of some introduced marine species in Port Phillip Bay. In Marine Biological Invasions of Port Phillip bay, Victoria. C. L. Hewitt, Campbell, M. L., Thresher, R. E. and Martin, R. B. Hobart, CRIMP Technical Report. 20: 261-274.

Talman, S. G. and Keough, M. J. (2001). Impact of an exotic clam, Corbula gibba, on the commercial scallop Pecten fumatus in Port Phillip Bay, south-eastern Australia: evidence of resource-restricted growth in a subtidal environment. Marine Ecology Progress Series 221: 135-1443.

Tanner, J. E., Hughes, T. P. and Connell, J. H. (1994). Species co-existence, keystone species, and succession: a sensitivity analysis. Ecology 75: 2204- 2219.

Tanner, J. E., Hughes, T. P. and Connell, J. H. (1996). The role of history in community dynamics: a modelling approach. Ecology 77: 108-117.

Tanzer, J. (1998). Fisheries in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park-seeking the balance in Kelleher, G and Recchia, C. (ed.) Protected Areas Programme. Parks 8: 41-48.

Taw, N. and Ritz, D. A. (1978). Zooplankton distribution in relation to the hydrology of the Derwent River estuary. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 29: 1-13.

Taw, N. and Ritz, D. A. (1979). Influence of subantarctic and subtropical oceanic water on the zooplankton and hydrology of waters adjacent to the Derwent River estuary, south-eastern Tasmania. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 30: 179-202.

Taylor, R. J. and Bryant, S. L. (1997). Compilation of a list of threatened invertebrates: the Tasmanian experience. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 56: 605-609.

Teal, J. M. and Howarth, R. W. (1984). Oil spill studies: a review of ecological effects. Environmental Management 8: 27-44.

Tear, T. H., Scott, J. M., Hayward, P. H. and Griffith, B. (1995). Recovery plans and the Endangered Species Act: are criticisms supported by data? Conservation Biology 9: 182-195.

Teas, H. J., Ed. (1983). Biology and ecology of mangroves. The Hague, W. Junk Publishers.

Tedengren, M., Olsson, B., Bradley, B. and Zhou, L. (1999). Heavy metal uptake, physiological response and survival of the blue mussel (Mytilus edulis) from marine and brackish waters in relation to the induction of heat-shock protein 70. Hydrobiologia 393: 261-269.

Tegner, M. J., Basch, L. V. and Dayton, P. K. (1996). Near extinction of an exploited marine invertebrate. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 11: 278-280.

Thackway, R. and Cresswell, I. D., Eds. (1995). An interim biogeographic regionalisation for Australia: a framework for establishing the national system of reserves, Version 4. Canberra, Australian Nature Conservation Agency.

Thackway, R. and McCrae, D. (1995). A national system of protected areas. Conservation Australia (ANCA) 1: 7-9.

The Ecology Lab Pty. Ltd (1993). Marine aggregate proposal: Marine ecological investigations. Balgowlah, NSW, Report prepared for Metromix Pty. Ltd. 2 volumes.

Theroux, R. B. and Wigley, R. L. (1998). Quantitative composition and distribution of the macrobenthic invertebrate fauna of the continental shelf ecosystems of the northeastern United States. Seattle, Washington, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce. NOAA Technical Report NMFS. A technical report of the Fishery Bulletin, 140. 240 p.

Thiel, H. and Schriever, G. (1990). Deep-sea mining, environmental impact and the DISCOL project. Ambio 19: 245-250.

Thomas, I. M. (1982). Echinoderms (Phylum Echinodermata). Introduction. In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part I. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M., Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 395-396.

Thomas, I. M. and Shepherd, S. A. (1982b). Sea anemones (Orders Actiniaria, Zoanthidea and Corallimorpharia). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part I. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M., Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 161-169.

Thomas, J. D. (1997). Using marine invertebrates to establish research and conservation priorities. In Biodiversity II. Understanding and protecting our biological resources. M. L. Reaka-Kudla, Wilson, D. E. and Wilson, E. O. Washington, D.C., USA, Joseph Henry Press: 357-369.

Thompson, G. B., Chapman, J. C. and Richardson, B. J. (1992). Disposal of hazardous wastes in Australia: implications for marine pollution. Marine Pollution Bulletin 25: 155-162.

Thomson, J. M. (1947). The Chaetognatha of southeastern Australia. Bulletin of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research Melbourne 222: 1-43.

Thomson, J. M., Long, J. L. and Horton, D. R. (1987). Human exploitation of and introductions to the Australian fauna. In Fauna of Australia. Volume 1A. General articles. G. R. Dyne and Walton, D. W., Australian Government Publishing Service: 227-249.

Thorne-Miller, B. and Catena, J. (1991). The living ocean. Understanding and protecting marine biodiversity. Washington, D.C., Island Press.

Thorson, G. (1957). Bottom communities (sublittoral and shallow shelf). In Treatise on marine ecology and palaeoecology, vol. 1., ecology. J. W. Hedgpeth. New York, Geological Society of America: 461-534.

Thresher, R. E. (1999). Diversity impacts and options for management of invasive marine species in Australian waters. Australian Journal of Environmental Management 6: 164-175.

Thresher, R. E., Werner, M., Hřeg, J. T., Svane, I., Glenner, H., Murphy, N. E. and Wittwer, C. (2000). Developing the options  for managing marine pests: specificity trials on the parasitic castrator, Sacculina carcini, against the European crab, Carcinus maenas, and related species. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 254: 37-51.

Thrush, S. F. (1991). Spatial patterns in soft-bottom communities. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 6: 75-79.

Thrush, S. F., Hewitt, J. E., Cummings, V. J. and Dayton, P. K. (1995). The impact of habitat disturbance by scallop dredging on marine benthic communities: what can be predicted from the results of experiments? Marine Ecology Progress Series 129: 141-150.

Thrush, S. F., Hewitt, J. E., Cummings, V. J., Dayton, P. K., Cryer, M., Turner, S. J., Funnell, G. A., Budd, R. G., Milburn, C. J. and Wilkinson, M. R. (1998). Disturbance of the marine benthic habitat by commercial fishing: Impacts at the scale of the fishery. Ecological Applications 8: 866-879.

Thrush, S. F., Hewitt, J. E., Funnell, G. A., Cummings, V. J., Ellis, J., Schultz, D., Talley, D. and Norkko, A. (2001). Fishing disturbance and marine biodiversity: role of habitat structure in simple soft-sediment systems. Marine Ecology Progress Series 221: 255-264.

Thrush, S. F. and Roper, D. S. (1988). Merits of macrofaunal colonisation of intertidal mudflats for pollution monitoring : preliminary study. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 116: 219-23.

Tibbets, I. R., Hall, N. J. and Dennison, W. D. (1997). Moreton Bay and catchment. Brisbane, University of Queensland Press.

Tickell, C. (1997). Foreword: the value of biodiversity. In Marine biodiversity: patterns and processes. R. F. G. Ormond, Gage, J. D. and Angel, M. V. Cambridge, UK, Cambridge University Press.

Tillier, S. and Ponder, W. F. (1992). New species of Smeagol from Australia and New Zealand, with a discussion of the affinities of the genus (Gastropoda: Pulmonata). Journal of Molluscan Studies 58: 135-155.

Tilling, S. M. (1987). Education and taxonomy: the role of the Field Studies Council and AIDGAP. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 32: 87-96.

Todd, C. R. and Burgman, M. A. (1998). Assessment of threat and conservation priorities under realistic levels of uncertainty and reliability. Conservation Biology 12: 966-974.

Tomascik, T., Mah, A. J., Nontji.A. and Moosa, M. K. (1997). The ecology of the Indonesian Seas. Part 1 and Part 2. Singapore, Periplus Editions.

Tomascik, T. and Sander, F. (1985). Effects of eutrophication on reef-building corals. I. Growth rate of the reef-building coral Montastrea annularis. Marine Biology 87: 143-155.

Tomascik, T. and Sanders, F. (1987a). Effects of eutrophication on reef building corals. II. Structure of scleractinian coral communities. Marine Biology 94: 53-75.

Tomascik, T. and Sanders, F. (1987b). Effects of eutrophication on reef building corals. III. Reproduction of the reef building coral Porites porites. Marine Biology 94: 77-94.

Tomlinson, P. B. (1986). The botany of mangroves. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

Townsend, S. (2000). Rocky reef biodiversity: Micro-mollusc assemblages in turfing algae. W. F. Ponder, Ed. Molluscs 2000. 83. Sydney, Malacological Society of Australasia.

Tracy, M., Bellet, N. and Gravem, C. (1975). Excess allozyme homozygosity and breeding population structure in the mussel, Mytilus californianus. Marine Biology 32: 303-311.

Trench, R. K. (1979). The cell biology of plant-animal symbiosis. Annual Review of Plant Physiology 30: 485-531.

Triantafillos, L. and Adams, M. (2001). Allozyme analysis reveals a complex population structure in the southern calamary Sepioteuthis australis from Australia and New Zealand. Marine Ecology Progress Series 212: 193-209.

Tribollet, A., Decherf, G., Hutchings. P.A., and Peyrot-Clausade, M (in press). Spatial large scale variability in bioerosion of experimental coral substrates on the GBR (Australia): Importance of microborers. Coral Reefs.

Trowbridge, C. D. and Todd, C. D. (2001). Host-plant change in marine specialist herbivores: Ascoglossan sea slugs on introduced macroalgae. Ecological Monographs 71: 219-243.

Trueman, J. W. H. and Cranston, P. S. (1994). An evaluation of some methods of rapid biodiversity assessment for estimating arthropod diversity., Department of the Environment, Sport and Territories. 66.

Tuck, G. N. and Possingham, H. P. (2000). Marine protected areas for spatially structured exploited stocks. Marine Ecology Progress Series 192: 89-101.

Tudhope, A. W., Chilcott, C. P., McCulloch, M. T., Cook, E. R., Chappell, J., Ellam, R. M., Lea, D. W., Lough, J. M. and Shimmield, G. B. (2001). Variability in the El Nińo-Southern Oscillation Through a Glacial-Interglacial Cycle. Science 291: 1511-1517.

Tunnicliffe, V. (1992). Hydrothermal-vent communities of the deep sea. American Scientist 80: 336-349.

Tunnicliffe, V., McArthur, A. G. and McHugh, D. (1998). A biogeographical perspective of the deep-sea hydrothermal vent fauna. Advances in Marine Biology 34: 353-442.

Turnbull, C. (1990). A review of Queensland Department of Primary Industries Research on commercial prawn species in Torres Strait. D. Lawrence and Cansfield -Smith, T., Eds. Sustainable Development for Traditional Inhabitants of the Torres Strait Region. 195-197. Cairns, GBRMPA.

Turner, E. (1992). A northern Pacific sea star, Asterias amurensis, in Tasmania. Australian Marine Science Bulletin 120: 18-19.

Turner, R. D. (1966). A survey and illustrated catalogue of the Teredinidae (Mollusca, Bivalvia). Cambridge, Massachusettes, The Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University.

Turner, R. E. (1977). Intertidal vegetation and commercial yields of penaeid shrimps. Transactions of the American Fish Society 106: 411-416.

Turner, S. J. (1994). The biology and population outbreaks of the corallivorous gastropod Drupella on Indo-Pacific reefs. Oceanography and Marine Biology: an Annual Review 32: 461-530.

Tyler, P. A. (1988). Seasonality in the deep-sea. Oceanography and Marine Biology: an Annual Review 26: 227-258.

UN (1982). The World Charter for Nature. Annex 2, General Assembly of the United Nations.

Underwood, A. J. (1984). Vertical and seasonal patterns in competition for microalgae between intertidal gastropods. Oecologia (Berlin) 64: 211-222.

Underwood, A. J. (1991). Beyond BACI - experimental designs for detecting human environmental impacts on temporal variations in natural populations. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 42: 569-587.

Underwood, A. J. (1993a). Ecological research and the management of human exploitation on the rocky coast of New South Wales. Protection of Marine and Estuarine Areas - a Challenge for Australia, Proceedings of the Fourth Fenner Conference, Canberra. 122 - 128, Australian Committee for IUCN, Occasional Paper No. 4.

Underwood, A. J. (1993b). Exploitation of species on the rocky coast of New South Wales (Australia) and options for its management. Ocean and Coastal Management 20: 41-62.

Underwood, A. J. (1993c). Field Experiments in Intertidal Ecology. In Proceedings of the 2nd International Temperate Reef Symposium. C. N. Battershill, Schiel, D. R., Jones, G. P., Creese, R. G. and MacDiarmid, A. B. Wellington, NIWA Marine: 7-13.

Underwood, A. J. (1995). Dectection and measurement of environmental impacts. In Coastal marine ecology of temperate Australia. A. J. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 311-324.

Underwood, A. J. (1997). Experiments in ecology. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

Underwood, A. J. (1998). Molluscs on rocky shores. In Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. P. L. Beesley, Ross, G. J. B. and Wells, A. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing: 29-32.

Underwood, A. J. (2000). Experimental ecology of rocky intertidal habitats: what are we learning? Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 250: 51-76.

Underwood, A. J. and Atkinson, M. H. (1993). Beyond the Baseline: Where should we go from here? In Proceedings of the 2nd International Temperate Reef Symposium. C. N. Battershill, Schiel, D. R., Jones, G. P., Creese, R. G. and MacDiarmid, A. B. Wellington, NIWA Marine: 115-120.

Underwood, A. J. and Chapman, M. G. (1995). Rocky shores. In Coastal marine ecology of temperate Australia. A. J. Underwood and Chapman, M. G. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press: 55-82.

Underwood, A. J. and Chapman, M. G. (1996). Subtidal assemblages on rocky reefs at a cliff-face sewage outfall (North Head, Sydney, Australia): what happened when the outfall was turned off? Marine Pollution Bulletin 33: 293-302.

Underwood, A. J. and Chapman, M. G. (1998a). Variation in algal assemblages on wave-exposed rocky shores in New South Wales. Marine and Freshwater Research 49: 241-254.

Underwood, A. J. and Chapman, M. G. (1998b). Spatial analyses of intertidal assemblages on sheltered rocky shores. Australian Journal of Ecology 23: 138-157.

Underwood, A. J. and Chapman, M. G. (1999). Problems and practical solutions for quantitative assessment of biodiversity of invertebrates in coastal habitats. In The Other 99%. The conservation and biodiversity of invertebrates. W. Ponder and Lunney, D. Mosman, Transactions of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 19-25.

Underwood, A. J., Chapman, M. G. and Connell, D. W. (2000). Observations in ecology: you can't make progress on processes without understanding the patterns. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 250: 97-115.

Underwood, A. J., Denley, E. J. and Moran, M. J. (1983). Experimental analyses of the structure and dynamics of mid-shore rocky intertidal communities in New South Wales, Australia. Oecologia, Berlin 56: 202-219.

Underwood, A. J. and Fairweather, P. G. (1989). Supply-side ecology and benthic marine assemblages. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 4: 16-20.

Upton, S. J. and Peters, E. C. (1986). A new and unusual species of Coccidium (Apicomplexa, 
Agamococcidiorida) from Caribbean scleractinian corals. Journal of Invertebrate Pathology 47: 184-193.

US EPA (2000). Global warming impacts - coastal zones. 
http://www.epa.gov/globalwarming/impacts/coastal/index.html, United States Environmental Protection Agency.

Uthicke, S. (1996). Beche-de-Mer: a literature review on holothurian fishery and ecology. Townsville, AIMS report prepared for the Cape York Land Council. 45 pp.

Uthicke, S. (1999). Sediment bioturbation and impact of feeding activity of Holothuria (Halodeima) atra and Stichopus chloronotus, two sediment feeding holothurians, at Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef. Bulletin of Marine Science 64: 129-141.

Uthicke, S. (2001). Interactions between sediment-feeders and microalgae on coral reefs: grazing losses versus production enhancement. Marine Ecology Progress Series 210: 125-138.

Uthicke, S. and Benzie, J. A. H. (2000a). Allozyme electrophoresis indicates high gene flow between populations of Holothuria (Microthele) nobilis (Holothuroidea: Aspidochirotida) on the Great Barrier Reef. Marine Biology 137: 819-825.

Uthicke, S. and Benzie, J. A. H. (2000b). Effect of bęche-de-mer fishing on densities and size structure of Holothuria nobilis (Echinodermata: Holothuroidea) populations on the Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 19: 271-276.

Uthicke, S. and Benzie, J. A. H. (2001). Restricted gene flow between Holothuria scabra (Echinodermata: Holothuroidea) populations along the north-east coast of Australia and the Solomon Islands. Marine Ecology Progress Series 216: 109-117.

Vacelet, J. (1999). Outlook to the future of sponges. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 44: 27-31.

Vacelet, J. and Boury-Esnault, N. (1995). Carnivorous sponges. Nature 373: 333-335.

Väisänen, R. and Heliövaara, K. (1994). Hot-spots of insect diversity in northern Europe. Annales Zoologici Fennici 31: 71-81.

Van Woesik, R., De Vantier, L. M. and Glazebrook, J. S. (1995). Effects of Cyclone 'Joy' on nearshore coral communities of the Great Barrier Reef. Marine Ecology Progress Series 128: 261-270.

Vanderklift, M. A., Ward, T. J. and Jacoby, C. A. (1996). Effect of reducing taxonomic resolution on ordinations to detect pollution-induced gradients in macrobenthic infaunal assemblages. Marine Ecology Progress Series 136: 137-145.

Vane-Wright, R. I. and Cranston, P. S. (1992). Collections and systematics. Australian Biologist 5: 14-18.

Vermeij, G. J. (1993). Biogeography of recently extinct marine species: Implications for conservation. Conservation Biology 7: 391-397.

Vermeij, G. J. (1998). Listening to a tidepool. Curiosity and the unfamiliar. American Scholar 67: 29-35.

Veron (1995b). Corals in space and time.

Veron, J. E. N. (1986). Corals of Australia and the Indo-Pacific. London, Sydney, Angus and Robertson.

Veron, J. E. N. (1993). Biodiversity of coral reefs: is there a problem in the Indo-Pacific centre of diversity? In Global aspects of coral reefs: health, hazards and history. R. N. Ginsburg, Bohnsack, J., Myrberg, A. J., Glynn, P. W., Szmant, A. and Swart, P. K. Miami, Florida, International Society for Reef Studies, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science.

Veron, J. E. N. (1994). Hermatypic corals of the Cocos (Keeling) Islands: a summary. Atoll Research Bulletin 409.

Veron, J. E. N. (1995a). Coral reefs - an overview. In State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia. Technical Annex 1: The Marine Environment. L. P. Zann and Kailola, P. Canberra, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of Environment, Sport and Territories: 135-144.

Veron, J. E. N. and Done, T. J. (1979). Corals and coral communities of Lord Howe Island. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 30: 203-236.

Veron, J. N. E. (1999). Corals of the world. Townsville, Australian Institute of Marine Science.

Victorian Coastal Council (1997). Victorian coastal strategy.

Vinogradova, N. G. (1997). Zoogeography of the abyssal and hadal zones. Advances in Marine Biology 32: 325-387.

Volkman, J. K. (1999). Australasian research on marine natural products: chemistry, bioactivity and ecology. Marine Freshwater Research 50: 761-779.

Vonk, R. and Stock, J. H. (1987). Amsterdam Expeditions to the West Indian Islands Report 53. Psammogammarus longidactylus new-species of cave amphipod Crustacea and other stygobiont amphipods from Bonaire Netherlands Antilles. Stygologia 3: 241-251.

Wace, N. (1995). Ocean litter stranded on Australian coasts. In State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia. Technical Annex 2: Pollution. L. P. Zann and Sutton, D. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of the Environment, Sport and Territories, Ocean Rescue 2000 Program: 73-87.

Wachenfeld, D. R., Oliver, J. K. and Morrissey, J. I. (1998). State of the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area 1998. Townsville, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. 135 p.

Wadley, V. A. (1978). A checklist and illustrated key to the epibenthic shrimps (Decapoda: Natantia) of Moreton Bay, Queensland, CSIRO Australia, Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. 1-24.

Wadley, V. A. and Evans, D. (1991). Deepwater trawl fisheries of Western Australia, CSIRO Division of Fisheries.

Waggoner, B. and Collins, A. G. (1999). Introduction to the Bryozoa, Museum of Paleontology, University of California, Berkeley.

Wahle, R. A. and Steneck, R. S. (1991). Recruitment habitats and nursery grounds of the American lobster Homarus americanus: a demographic bottleneck? Marine Ecology Progress Series 69: 231-243.

Walbran, P. D., Henderson, R. A., Jull, A. J. T. and Head, M. J. (1989). Evidence from sediments of long-term Acanthaster planci predation on corals of the Great Barrier Reef. Science 245: 847-850.

Walker, B. H. (1992). Biodiversity and ecological redundancy. Conservation Biology 6: 18-23.

Walker, D. I. and G., O. R. F. (1982). Coral death from sewage and phosphate pollution at Aqaba, Red Sea. Marine Pollution Bulletin 13: 21-25.

Walker, D. I., Hutchings, P. A. A. and Wells, F. E. (1991). Seagrass, sediment and infauna - a comparison of Posidonia australis, Posidonia sinuosa and Auphibolis antarctica in Princess Royal Harbour, South-Western Australia. I. Seagrass biomass, productivity and contributions to sediments. F. E. Wells, Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. Proceedings of the Third International Marine Biological Workshop: The marine flora and fauna of Albany, Western Australia. Volume II. 597-610. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Walker, D. I. and McComb, A. J. (1992). Seagrass degradation in Australian coastal waters. Marine Pollution Bulletin 25: 191-195.

Walker, D. I. and Wells, F. E., Eds. (1999). The seagrass flora and Fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Walker, T. A. (1991). Is the reef really  suffering from chronic pollution? Search 22: 115-117.

Wallace, C. (1999a). Staghorn Corals of the World: A Revision of the Genus Acropora. Collingwood, Victoria, CSIRO Publishing.

Wallace, C. (1999b). Staghorn Corals of the World: A Key to Species of Acropora CD-ROM. Collingwood, Victoria, CSIRO Publishing.

Wallner, B. and Phillips, B. (1988). From scampi to deepwater prawns: developments in the North-West Shelf deepwater trawl fishery. Australian Fisheries 47: 34-38.

Walters, C., Pauly, D. and Christensen, V. (1999). Ecospace: Prediction of mesoscale spatial patterns in trophic relationships of exploited ecosystems, with emphasis on the impacts of marine protected areas. Ecosystems 2: 539-554.

Wang, Y. and Die, D. (1996). Stock-recruitment relationships of the tiger prawns (Penaeus esculentus and Penaeus semisulcatus) in the Australian Northern Prawn Fishery. Marine and Freshwater Research 47: 87-95.

Ward, P. D. (1987). The Natural History of Nautilus. Boston, Allen and Unwin.

Ward, S. and Harrison, P. L. (1997). The effects of elevated nutrient levels on settlement of coral larvae during the ENCORE experiment, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. H. A. Lessios and MacIntyre, I. G., Eds. Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium (Vol. 1). 891-896, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute.

Ward, T., Alder, J., Margules, C., Sainsbury, K., Tarte, D. and Zann, L. (1997). Biodiversity Conservation. Australia's Ocean Policy, Issues Paper 7. Canberra, Report commissioned by Environment Australia.

Ward, T. J. (2000). Indicators for assessing the sustainability of Australia's marine ecosystems. Marine and Freshwater Research 51: 435-446.

Ward, T. J., Butler, E. and Hill, B. (1998a). Environmental indicators for national state of the environment reporting - estuaries and the sea. Australia: state of the environment (environmental indicator reports). Canberra, Department of the Environment. 80 p.

Ward, T. J. and Hutchings, P. A. A. (1996). Effects of trace metals on infaunal species composition in polluted intertidal and subtidal marine sediments near a lead smelter, Spencer Gulf, South Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series 135: 123-135.

Ward, T. J. and Jacoby, C. A. (1992). A strategy for assessment and management of marine ecosystems: baseline and monitoring studies in Jervis Bay, a temperate Australian embayment. Marine Pollution Bulletin 25: 163-171.

Ward, T. J., Kenchington, R. A., Faith, D. P. and Margules, C. R. (1998b). Marine BioRap guidelines: rapid assessment of marine biological diversity. Perth, CSIRO Australia. 52 p.

Ward, T. J. and Rainer, S. F. (1988). Decapod crustaceans of the North West Shelf, a tropical continental shelf of north-western Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 39: 751-765.

Wardle, D. A. (1998). A more reliable design for biodiversity study? Nature 394: 30.

Ware, J. R., Fautin, D. G. and W., B. R. (1996). Patterns of coral bleaching: modelling the adaptive bleaching hypothesis. Ecological Modelling 84: 199-214.

Warner, M. E., Fitt, W. K. and Schmidt, G. W. (1996). The effects of elevated temperature on the photosynthetic efficiency of zooxanthellae in hospite from four different species of reef coral: a novel approach. Plant, Cell and Environment 19: 291-299.

Warwick, R. M. (1988a). Analysis of community attributes of the macrobenthos of Frierfjord/Langesundfjord at taxonomic levels higher than species. Marine Ecology Progress Series 46: 167-170.

Warwick, R. M. (1988b). The level of taxonomic discrimination required to detect pollution effects on marine benthic communities. Marine Pollution Bulletin 19: 259-268.

Warwick, R. M. (1988c). Effects on community structure of a pollution gradient - summary. Marine Ecology Progress Series 46: 207-211.

Warwick, R. M. and Clarke, K. R. (1998). Quantifying structural redundancy in ecological communities. Oecologia 113: 278-289.

Wasson, K. (1994). Kamptozoans - have you seen any? Australian Marine Science Bulletin 128: 8.

Wasson, K. (1995). The kamptozoan Pedicellina whiteleggii Johnston and Walker, 1917 and other pedicellinids in Australia and New Zealand. Records of the South Australian Museum 28: 131-141.

Wasson, K. and Shepherd, S. A. (1997). Nodding heads (Phylum Kamptozoa or Entoprocta). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part III. S. A. Shepherd and Davies, M., South Australian Research and Development Institute (Aquatic Sciences) in conjunction with the Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 975-992.

Watanabe, J. M. and Harrold, C. (1991). Destructive grazing by sea urchins Strongylocentrus spp. in a central California kelp forest: potential roles of recruitment, depth and predation. Marine Ecology Progress Series 71: 125-141.

Watling, L. and Norse, E. A. (1998a). Special section: Effects of mobile fishing gear on marine benthos. Introduction. Conservation Biology 12: 1178-1179.

Watling, L. and Norse, E. A. (1998b). Disturbance of the seabed by mobile fishing gear: a comparison to forest clearcutting. Conservation Biology 12: 1180-1197.

Watson, J. E. (1982). Hydroids (Class Hydrozoa). In Marine invertebrates of southern Australia. Part I. S. A. Shepherd and Thomas, I. M., Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: 77-115.

Watson, J. E. (1994). Shallow water hydroids from eastern Bass Strait. Victorian Naturalist 111: 65-69.

Watson, J. E. (1996). Distribution and biogeographic relationships of the Hydroid fauna of the Australian West coast: a preliminary account. Scientia Marina 60: 75-83.

Waugh, G. D. and Greenway, J. P. (1967). Further evidence for the existence of sub-littoral populations of toheroa, Amphidesma ventricosum Gray (Eulamellibranchiata), off the west coast of New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 1: 407-411.

Webb, J., Evans, L. A., St Pierre, G. and Macey, D. J. (1991). Biominerals: source and inspiration for novel advanced markets. Search 22: 137-139.

Wells, A. a. H., W.W.K (2001). Mollusca. Aplacophora, Polyplacophora, Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda. Melbourne, CSIRO Publishing.

Wells, A. H. and Houston, W. W. K. (1998). Hemichordata, Tunicata, Cephalochordata. Melbourne, CSIRO Australia.

Wells, F. E. (1986). Zoogeographic affinities of prosobranch gastropods of offshore coral reefs in northwestern Australia. Veliger 29: 191-199.

Wells, F. E. (1989). Survey of the invertebrate fauna of the Kimberley Islands. Perth. 51.

Wells, F. E. (1990). Comparative zoogeography of marine mollusks from northern Australia, New Guinea and Indonesia. The Veliger 33: 140-144.

Wells, F. E. (1994). Marine molluscs of the Cocos (Keeling) Islands. Atoll Research Bulletin 410: 1-22.

Wells, F. E. (1997b). Proceedings of the 7th International Marine Biological Workshop. The marine flora and fauna of Abrohlos Island, Western Australia. Volumes 1 and 2. Western Australian Museum.

Wells, F. E., Ed. (1997c). The marine fauna and flora of the Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Western Australia. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Wells, F. E., and Bryce, C.W. (2000). Molluscan surveys of offshore coral reefs in northwestern Australia and adjacent biogeographical areas. Proceedings of the 10th Congress and Workshop of the Tropical Marine Mollusc Programme (TMMP). Phuket Marine Biological Centre Special Publication 21: 395-404.

Wells, F. E. and Bryce, C. W. (1988). Seashells of Western Australia. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Wells, F. E. and Bryce, C. W. (1993). Sea slugs of Western Australia. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Wells, F. E., Bryce, C. W., Clark, J. E. and M., H. G. (1990). Christmas Shells. Christmas Island, Christmas Island Natural History Association.

Wells, F. E. and Threlfall, T. J. (1980). A survey of softbottom molluscs of Cockburn Sound, Western Australia. Veliger 23: 131-140.

Wells, F. E., Walker, D. I. and Hutchings, P. A. A. (1991b). Seagrass, sediment and infauna - a comparison of Posidonia australis, Posidonia sinuosa and Amphibolis antarctica in Princess Royal Harbour, South-Western Australia. III. Consequences of seagrass loss. F. E. Wells, Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. Proceedings of the Third International Marine Biological Workshop: The marine flora and fauna of Albany, Western Australia. Volume II. 635-640. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Wells, F. E., Walker, D. I. and Jones, D. S., Eds. (in press). The Marine Flora and Fauna of Dampier, Western Australia. Proceedings of the Workshop held in Dampier, July-August 2000.

Wells, F. E., Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. (1991a). Proceedings of the Third International Marine Biological Workshop: The marine flora and fauna of Albany, Western Australia. 2 volumes. Perth, Western Australian Museum.

Wells, F. E., Walker, D. I., Kirkman, H. and Lethbridge, R., Eds. (1993). Proceedings of the 5th International Marine Biological Workshop. The marine flora and fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. Volumes 1 and 2, Western Australian Museum.

Wells, S. M. (1982). Marine conservation in the Philippines and Papua New Guinea, with special emphasis on the ornamental coral and shell trade. London, Report to Winston Churchill Memorial Trust.

Wells, S. M., Ed. (1988). Coral reefs of the world. Nairobi, Kenya, Prepared by the IUCN Conservation Monitoring Centre in collaboration with the United Nations Environment Programme.

Wells, S. M. (1997a). Giant Clams: status, trades and mariculture, and the role of CITES in management, World Conservation Union (IUCN).

Wells, S. M., Pyle, R. M. and Collins, M. C. (1982). The IUCN Invertebrate Red Data Book. Gland, Switzerland, IUCN.

Wesche, S. J., Adlard, R. D. and Hooper, J. N. A. (1998). The first incidence of clionid sponges (Porifera) from the Sydney rock oyster Saccostrea commercialis (Iredale and Roughley, 1933). Aquaculture 157: 173-180.

Wesseling, I., Uychiaoco, A. J., Alińo, P. M., Aurin, T. and Vermaat, J. E. (1999). Damage and recovery of four Philippine corals from short-term sediment burial. Marine Ecology Progress Series 176: 11-15.

West, R. J., Thorogood, C., Walford, T. and Williams, R. J. (1985). An estuarine inventory for New South Wales, Australia. Sydney, Department of Agriculture New South Wales, Division of Fisheries. Fisheries Bulletin, 2. 140 p.

Westaway, C. and Norriss, J. (1997). Abalone aquaculture in Western Australia. Discussion paper and draft policy guidelines.

Wester, P. W., Cannon, J. H., Van Iersel, A. A. J., Krajne, E. I. and Vaessen, H. A. M. G. (1990). The toxicity of bis (tri-n-butyltin) oxide (TBTO) and di-n-butyltindichloride (DBTC) in the small fish species Oryzias latipes (medaka) and Poecilia reticulata (guppy). Aquatic Toxicology 16: 53-72.

Wheeler, Q. D. (1995). Systematics, the scientific basis for inventories of biodiversity. Biodiversity and Conservation 4: 476-489.

Whitelegge, T. (1889). List of the marine and fresh-water invertebrate fauna of Port Jackson and neighbourhood. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales 13: 1-161.

Whiting, S. D. (1998). Types and sources of marine debris in Fog Bay, Northern Australia. Marine Pollution Bulletin 36: 904-910.

Whitley, G. P. (1932). Marine zoogeographical regions of Australasia. Australian Naturalist 8: 166-167.

Whittington, I. D. (1998). Diversity "down under" monogeans in the Antipodes (Australia) with a prediction of monogenean biodiversity worldwide. International Journal for Parasitology 28: 1481-1493.

Wiedenmayer, F. (1989). Demospongiae (Porifera) from northern Bass Strait, southern Australia. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50: 1-242.

Wilkinson, C. (1998b). The 1997-1998 mass bleaching event around the world. In Status of coral reefs of the world: 1998. C. Wilkinson. Townsville, Global Coral Reef Monitoring Network; Australian Institute of Marine Science.

Wilkinson, C., R. (1999). Global and local threats to coral reef functioning and existence: reviews and predictions. Marine and Freshwater Research 50: 867-878.

Wilkinson, C. R. (1987). Pollution and sponges of Great Barrier Reef and Caribbean nearshore reefs. C. L. Baldwin, Ed. Fringing reef workshop. Science, industry and management. Proceedings of a workshop held at Arcadia Resort, Magnetic Island, Australia. 212-213, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, Townsville.

Wilkinson, C. R. (1998). Status of coral reefs of the world: 1998. Townsville, Global Coral Reef Monitoring Network; Australian Institute of Marine Science.

Wilkinson, C. R. (2000). Status of coral reefs of the world: 2000, Global Coral Reef Monitoring Network; Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville.

Wilkinson, C. R. and Buddemeier, R. W. (1994). Global climate change and coral reefs: implications for people and reefs. Report of the UNEP-IOC-ASPEI-IUCN Global Tasks Team on Coral Reefs. Gland, IUCN. 124 pp.

Wilkinson, C. R. and Cheshire, A. C. (1990). Comparisons of sponge populations across the Barrier Reefs of Australia and Belize: evidence for higher productivity in the Caribbean. Marine Ecology Progress Series 67: 285-294.

Willan, R. C. (1986). The Sea Shell Trade in Australia., Malacological Society of Australia (unpublished report).

Willan, R. C. and Coleman, N. (1984). Nudibranchs of Australasia. Sydney, Australian Marine Photographic Index.

Willan, R. C., Russell, B. C., Murfet, N. B., Moore, K. L., McEnnulty, F. R., Horner, S. K., Hewitt, C. L., Dally, G. M., Campbell, M. L. and Bourke, S. T. (2000). Outbreak of Mytilopsis sallei (Recluz, 1849) (Bivalve: Dreissenidae) in Australia. Molluscan Research 20: 25-30.

Williams, D. G. (1994). Marine habitats of the Cocos (Keeling) Islands. Atoll Research Bulletin 406: 1-10.

Williams, E. H. J. and Bunkley-Williams, L. (1990). The world-wide coral reef bleaching cycle and related sources of coral mortality. Atoll Research Bulletin 335.

Williams, I. D. and Polunin, N. V. C. (2000). Differences between protected and unprotected reefs of the western Caribbean in attributes preferred by dive tourists. Environmental Conservation 27: 382-391.

Williams, R. J., Henry, G. W., Murphy, J. J., Smith, A. K., Grima, D. M. and Harvey, J. R. (1993). Project 9: Commercial and recreational fishing and diving in Jervis Bay. Final report to the Department of Defence in the Jervis Bay Marine Ecology Study. Cronulla, Fisheries Research Institute, NSW Fisheries.

Williams, S. and Benzie, J. (1993). Genetic consequences of long larval life in the starfish Linkia laevigata (Echinodermata: Asteroidea) on the Great Barrier Reef. Marine Biology 117: 71-77.

Williamson, J., Fenner, P., Burnett, J., and Rifkin, J (1996). Venemous and Poisonous Marine Animals. A Medical and Biological Handbook, University of New South Wales/Surf Life Saving Queensland.

Williamson, M. (1997). Marine biodiversity in its global context. In Marine biodiversity: patterns and processes. R. F. G. Ormond, Gage, J. D. and Angel, M. V. Cambridge, U.K., Cambridge University Press: 1-17.

Williamson, W. (1985). The Marine Stinger Book- 3rd Edition, Surf Life Saving Queensland.

Wilson, A. D. (1999). Coral reefs: a diminishing resource. Sea Technology: 10-15.

Wilson, B. (1993). Australian marine shells. Prosobranch gastropods. Part 1. Kallaroo, Western Australia, Odyssey Publishing.

Wilson, B. R. (1994). Australian marine shells. Prosobranch gastropods. Part 2 (Neogastropods). Kallaroo, Western Australia, Odyssey Publishing.

Wilson, B. R. and Allen, G. R. (1987). Major components and distribution of marine fauna. In Fauna of Australia. Volume 1A. General articles. G. R. Dyne and Walton, D. W. Canberra, AGPS: 43-68.

Wilson, B. R. and Gillett, K. (1971). Australian Shells. Sydney, Reed.

Wilson, E. O. (1987). The little things that run the world (the importance and conservation of invertebrates). Conservation Biology 1: 344-346.

Wilson, E. O. (1992). The diversity of life. New York, W.W. Norton and Co.

Wilson, E. O. and Peter, F. M., Eds. (1988). Biodiversity. Washington DC, National Academy Press.

Wilson, G. (1998). A post impact monitoring study of benthic fauna in areas dredged for the third parallel runway in Botany Bay. Sydney, Australian Museum Business Services.

Wilson, G. D. F. and Hessler, R. R. (1987). Speciation in the deep sea. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 18: 185-207.

Wilson, R. S. and B., P. G. C. (1987). The Bass Strait Survey Biological Sampling Stations 1979-1984. Occasional Papers from the Museum of Victoria: 3.

Wilson, R. S., Heislers, S. and Poore, G. C. B. (1998). Changes in benthic communities of Port Phillip Bay, Australia, between 1969 and 1995. Marine and Freshwater Research 49: 847-861.

Wilson, R. S., Hutchings, P. A. and Glasby, C. J. e. (2002). Polychaetes - Interactive Identification and Information Retrieval, CSIRO Publishing, Melbourne.

Wilson, S. P., Ahsanullah, M. and Thompson, G. B. (1993). Imposex in neogastropods: an indicator of tributyltin contamination in eastern Australia. Marine Pollution Bulletin 26: 44-48.

Wilson, S. P. and Hyne, R. V. (1997). Toxicity of acid-sulphate soil leachate and aluminium to embryos of the Sydney Rock Oyster. Ecotoxicology and Environmental Safety 37: 30-36.

Wilson, W. H. J. (1983a). The role of density dependence in a marine infaunal community. Ecology 64: 295-306.

Wilson, W. H. J. (1983b). Life-history evidence for sibling species in Axiothella rubrocincta (Polychaeta: Maldanidae). Marine Biology 76: 297-300.

Winsor, L. (1988). A new acoel (Convolutidae) from the north Queensland coast, Australia. Free and symbiotic Plathyhelminthes. Ax, Ehlers and Sopott-Ehlers, Fortschritte der Zoologie. 36: 391-394.

Winsor, L. (1990). Marine turbellaria (Acoela) from north Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 28: 785-800.

Woesik, R. v. (1989). A preliminary examination on the sedimentology, reef growth and hydrography of Green Island. Townsville, Report to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. 26 pp.

Woesik, R. v. (2001). Coral bleaching: transcending spatial and temporal scales. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 16: 120-121.

Woinarski, J. C. Z. and Fisher, A. (1999). The Australian Endangered Species Protection Act 1992. Conservation Biology 13: 959-962.

Wolfe, M. F., Schlosser, J. A., Schwartz, G. J. B., Singaram, S., Mielbrecht, E. E., Tjeerdema, R. S. and Sowby, M. L. (1998). Influence of dispersants on the bioavailability and trophic transfer of petroleum hydrocarbons to primary levels of a marine food chain. Aquatic Toxicology 42.

Wolstenholme, J., Alderslade, P. and Dinesen, Z. D. (1997). Hard corals of the Darwin region, Northern Territory, Australia. J. R. Hanley, Caswell, G., Megirian, D. and Larson, H. K., Eds. Proceedings of the Sixth International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory, Australia. 381-398. Darwin, Museums and Art Galleries of the Northern Territory and the Australian Marine Sciences Associations.

Wolstenholme, J., Alderslade, P. and Dinesen, Z. D. (in press). Handbook to the corals of Darwin Harbour. Darwin, Museums and Art Galleries of the Northern Territory.

Womersley, H. B. S. (1984). The marine benthic flora of Southern Australia, Part I. Adelaide, Government Printer.

Womersley, H. B. S. (1987). The marine benthic flora of Southern Australia, Part II. Adelaide, Government Printer.

Womersley, H. B. S. (1994). The marine benthic flora of Southern Australia, Part III. Adelaide, Government Printer.

Wood, R. (1990). Reef building sponges. American Scientist 78: 224-235.

Wood, R. (1998). The ecological evolution of reefs. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 29: 179-206.

Wood, R. A., Keen, A. B., Mitchell, J. F. B. and Gregory, J. M. (1999). Changing spatial structure of the thermohaline circulation in response to atmospheric CO2 forcing in a climate model. Nature 399: 572-575.

Woodroffe, C. D., Ed. (1994). Geomorphology and ecology of the Cocos (Keeling) Islands. Atoll Research Bulletin vols 399-414.

Wörheide, G. and Hooper, J. N. A. (1999). Calcarea from the Great Barrier Reef 1: Cryptic Calcinea from Heron Island and Wistari Reef (Capricorn-Bunker Group). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 43: 859-892.

Wright, A. and Hill, L. (1993). Nearshore marine resources of the South Pacific (information for fisheries development and management). IPS, Suva; FFA, Honiara; ICOD, Canada.

Wright, R. A. D. and Nunn, R. M. (1996). Offshore development and production: the Northwest Shelf gas project. In Environmental management in the Australian minerals and energy industries: principles and practices. D. R. Mulligan. Sydney, University of New South Wales Press and Australian Minerals and  Energy Environment Foundation: 645-654.

Wu, R. S. S. (1995). The environmental impact of marine fish culture: towards a sustainable future. Marine Pollution Bulletin 31: 159-166.

WWF Japan (1996). Present status of estuarine locales and benthic invertebrates occurring in estuarine environments in Japan (in Japanese). World Wide Fund for Nature. Japan Science Report: 1-183.

Yassini, I. and Jones, B. G. (1995). Recent Foraminifera and Ostracoda from estuarine and shelf environments on the southeastern coast of Australia. Wollongong, University of Wollongong Press.

Yassini, I. and Wright, A. J. (1988). Distribution and ecology of Recent ostracods (Crustacea) from Port Hacking, New South Wales. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 110: 159-174.

Yeatman, J. and Benzie, J. A. H. (1993). Cryptic speciation in Loligo from northern Australia. In Recent advances in cephalopod fisheries biology. T. Okutani, O'Dor, R. K. and Kubodera, T. Shimizu, Japan, Tokai University Press: 641-652.

Yellowlees, D., Ed. (1991). Proceedings of the workshop on land use patterns and nutrient loading of the Great Barrier Reef region. Townsville, James Cook University.

Yellowlees, D., Rees, T. A. V. and Fitt, W. K. (1994). The effect of ammonium supplemented sea water on the glutamine synthetase and glutamate dehydrogenase activities in the host tissue and zooxanthellae of Pocillopora damicornis and on the ammonium uptake rates of the zooxanthellae. Pacific Science 48: 291-295.

Yen, A. L. (1993). The role of museums and zoos in influencing public attitudes towards invertebrate conservation. In Perspectives on insect conservation. K. J. Gaston, Samways, M. J. and New, T. R. Andover, Intercept: 213-229.

Yen, A. L. and Butcher, R. J. (1997). An overview of the conservation of non-marine invertebrates in Australia. Canberra, Environment Australia.

Yen, A. L. and New, T. R. (1995a). Proceedings of the conference Invertebrate Biodiversity and Conservation, Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria. 56: 261-675.

Yen, A. L. and New, T. R. (1995b). Editorial: Why conserve invertebrates? Victorian Naturalist 112: 4-5.

Yen, A. L. and New, T. R. (1997). Proceedings of the conference Invertebrate Biodiversity and Conservation Melbourne, 27 November - 1 December 1995, Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria. 56: 261-675.

Yoccoz, N. G., Nichols, J. D. and Boulinier, T. (2001). Monitoring of biological diversity in space and time. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 16: 446-453.

Yonge, C. M. (1930). A year on the Great Barrier Reef. The story of corals and of the greatest of their creations. London, Putnam.

Young and Martin (1989). The scallop fisheries of Australia and their management. Critical Reviews in Aquatic Sciences 1: 615-638.

Young, A. G. and Clarke, G. M., Eds. (2000). Genetics, Demography and Viability of Fragmented Populations. London, Cambridge University Press.

Zacharias, M. A. and Roff, J. C. (2000). A hierarchial ecological approach to conserving marine biodiversity. Conservation Biology 14: 1327-1334.

Zacharin, W. (1994). Scallop fisheries in southern Australia: managing for stock recovery. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 36: 241-246.

Zacharin, W. F. (1990). Scallop fisheries management - the Tasmanian experience. M. C. L. Dredge, Zacharin, W. F. and Joll, L. M., Eds. Proceedings of the Australasian Scallop Workshop. Hobart, Tasmanian Government Printer, Hobart.

Zann, L. P. (1995). Our sea, our future. Major findings of the State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia. Canberra, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of the Environment, Sport and Territories, Ocean Rescue 2000 Program.

Zann, L. P. (1996). State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia: technical summary, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority for the Department of the Environment, Sport and Territories, Ocean Rescue 2000 program. Commonwealth of Australia. 531 pages.